Skip to main content
Springer logoLink to Springer
. 2021 Jul 22;242(1):1–147. doi: 10.1007/s00205-021-01639-2

Asymptotic Stability of Minkowski Space-Time with Non-compactly Supported Massless Vlasov Matter

Léo Bigorgne 1,, David Fajman 2, Jérémie Joudioux 3, Jacques Smulevici 4, Maximilian Thaller 5
PMCID: PMC8550795  PMID: 34720115

Abstract

We prove the global asymptotic stability of the Minkowski space for the massless Einstein–Vlasov system in wave coordinates. In contrast with previous work on the subject, no compact support assumptions on the initial data of the Vlasov field in space or the momentum variables are required. In fact, the initial decay in v is optimal. The present proof is based on vector field and weighted vector field techniques for Vlasov fields, as developed in previous work of Fajman, Joudioux, and Smulevici, and heavily relies on several structural properties of the massless Vlasov equation, similar to the null and weak null conditions. To deal with the weak decay rate of the metric, we propagate well-chosen hierarchized weighted energy norms which reflect the strong decay properties satisfied by the particle density far from the light cone. A particular analytical difficulty arises at the top order, when we do not have access to improved pointwise decay estimates for certain metric components. This difficulty is resolved using a novel hierarchy in the massless Einstein–Vlasov system, which exploits the propagation of different growth rates for the energy norms of different metric components.

Introduction

Stability of the Minkowski Space for Einstein-Matter Systems

The nonlinear stability of the Minkowski space, first established in the fundamental work of Christodoulou and Klainerman [12], is one of the most important results in mathematical relativity. There are by now several well-established strategies to address this problem, such as the original approach of [12] or the one by Lindblad and Rodnianski [30] based on the formulation of the Einstein equations in wave coordinates. These pioneering works were generalized in different ways to more general sets of initial perturbations as well as to various Einstein-matter models [5, 17, 2224, 27, 31, 42, 45].

On the other hand, not all Einstein-matter systems have Minkowski space as an attractor. The Einstein-dust system leads to the well known Oppenheimer-Snyder collapse for initial data arbitrarily close to Minkowski space, while the Euler equations will generally lead to the formation of shocks even in the absence of coupling with gravity.1

A realistic matter model which is widely used in general relativity and avoids shock formation on any fixed background spacetime is that of collisionless matter considered in Kinetic theory, which, when coupled to gravity, constitutes the Einstein–Vlasov system (EVS). In the case when the individual particles in the ensemble are massive, this system models distributions of stars, galaxies or galaxy clusters and constitutes an accurate model for the large scale structure of spacetime; it admits a large variety of nontrivial static solutions [3, 4, 25, 34, 35] which are potential attractors other than Minkowski space.

The study of the nonlinear stability problem for Minkowski space for the EVS was initiated by Rein and Rendall in the spherically symmetric setting [33] and recently established without symmetry restrictions for certain complementary regimes of initial perturbations [17, 31]. Other stability results for the massive EVS were established in the cosmological setting [1, 14, 15, 36].

The Massless Einstein–Vlasov System

The EVS is also used to model ensembles of self-gravitating photons or other massless particles, when the corresponding mass parameter m is set to zero. The system then takes the form

Rμν(x)-12Rgμν(x)=π-1(x)fvμvνdμπ-1(x),xM,Tg(f)(x,v)=0,(x,v)P 1.1

for (M,g) a Lorentzian manifold and f a massless Vlasov field. Here, Tg denotes the Liouville vector field and PTM is the fiber bundle consisting of all the future light cones of the spacetime. We refer to P as the co-mass shell.2 The fibre of P over xM is denoted by π-1(x) and dμπ-1(x) is the natural volume form on π-1(x) arising from the metric g. For a comprehensive geometric introduction to relativistic Vlasov fields, see for example [38]. While the massless system formally differs from the massive system only by changing the support of f from timelike to null vectors, the behaviour of its solutions differs substantially in several key points.

The first stability result of Minkowski space for the massless EVS in spherical symmetry was established by Dafermos [13] and later generalised to the case without any symmetry assumptions by Taylor [44]. In both cases, initial data are restricted to distributions of particles with compact support in momentum variables and space. This implies in particular that the particles stay in the wave zone, while the spacetime remains vacuum in interior and exterior regions. For a global existence result in spherical symmetry without necessarily small (but strongly outgoing) initial data cf. [20]. Note that, for initial data with generic momenta, a smallness assumption is nevertheless necessarily required since the massless system does possess steady states for sufficiently large data [2].

In the present paper we consider the nonlinear stability problem of Minkowski spacetime for the Einstein–Vlasov system with massless particles without any compact support assumptions, neither for the distribution function nor for the metric perturbation. This removes any restrictions related to the semi-global features observed in [13, 44] and allows for arbitrary initial particle distributions including standard Maxwellians, which are excluded by compact momentum support assumptions. Moreover, metric perturbations and matter field are coupled initially in all regions and the propagation of these general initial conditions is captured by the solutions we consider. For the metric, the spatial decay rates of the initial perturbations we consider coincide with those of [30].

The Main Result

The precise statement is given in Subsection 2.3, and can be summarized as follows:

Theorem 1.1

(Main theorem, rough version) Consider smooth and asymptotically flat initial data (Σ0,g˚,k˚,f˚), where Σ0R3, to the massless Einstein–Vlasov system which are sufficiently close to the ones of Minkowski spacetime (R3,δ,0,0). Then, the unique maximal Cauchy development (M,g,f) arising from such data is geodesically complete and asymptotically approaches Minkowski spacetime.

In the massive case, metric perturbations and particles travel at different speeds, in particular in a uniform sense when velocities are bounded away strictly from the speed of light. In contrast, for the massless system this decoupling does not occur, which creates substantial new difficulties in comparison with the massive system.3 We resolve these problems by a number of new techniques in the realm of the vector field method for relativistic transport equations [18] discussed in the next section.

The Vector Field Method for Transport Equations and Technical Aspects

The vector field method for relativistic transport equations was developed recently to provide a robust technique which yields sharp estimates on velocity averages of kinetic matter in spacetimes with geometries close to Minkowski spacetime [18]. It is based on the commutation properties of complete lifts of Killing fields of Minkowski spacetime with the transport operator. The method has the additional feature to be compatible with the corresponding method for the wave equation introduced by Klainerman, which constitutes the foundation of most stability results of Minkowski spacetime. For a classical version cf. [42]. The vector field method for transport equations has in the meantime been applied successfully to the Vlasov–Nordström system [16] and the massive Einstein–Vlasov system in [17]. In a series of papers, [69], the method has also been extended to the Vlasov–Maxwell system in various contexts, in particular, without the need of any compact support assumptions.

In the present paper, we apply the method to the massless Einstein–Vlasov system. In particular, we introduce fundamental improvements, which are tailored to the structure of the system in the massless case, which we will lay out in the following.

Null Structures.

The vector field method is based on the commutation properties of the transport operator Tg with the complete lifts of Killing fields of Minkowski spacetime. The perturbation of the transport operator, defined loosely by the difference between the transport operator in curved space and that of Minkowski spacetime, Tg-Tη, creates an error term in the commutator with the complete lifts and in turn obstructing terms in the resulting energy estimates.

The first crucial structure in the transport part of the massless system is the null structure of the perturbation terms. There are roughly three distinct sources of null structures. Two of them arise from the decomposition of the metric components and the momentum variables with respect to a null frame. The third arises from the identification of null forms for products involving (tx)-derivatives of the metric components and v-derivatives of the Vlasov field. These null structures are all discussed in Subsection 2.4.2.

It can be shown, as for the Vlasov–Maxwell system [9], that this structure is conserved under commutation with complete lifts. What is crucial in a subsequent step is to assure that this null structure can be exploited at all levels of regularity, which is not straightforward to validate. A particular difficulty occurs when well-behaved components of the metric perturbation need to be estimated in energy. In that case the bulk energies of Lindblad and Rodnianski are insufficient to close the estimates. We return to this issue below.

A Null Structure in the Energy-Momentum Tensor and its Consequence for Propagation of the Metric Perturbation.

The energy momentum tensor for massless particles is trace-free. As a consequence of that, the 4-Ricci tensor is proportional to the energy-momentum tensor. From the aforementioned null structure in the momentum components, after decomposition on a standard null frame, we obtain a system of wave equations where certain matter source terms enjoy improved decay in comparison with a generic energy-momentum tensor term. This structure is another characteristic feature of the massless system. To our knowledge, in the massive case, matter source terms are usually taken of the generic type and an underlying hierarchy was never exploited.

To derive suitable energy estimates for the frame components of the metric, we consider additional energy norms for the metric components. The resulting estimates are better than the generic ones due to the fast decaying matter source terms and improved null properties satisfied by the semi-linear terms of the Einstein equations. It is those energy norms that in turn can be used to estimate the good frame components of the metric perturbation when the source terms in the Vlasov equation are analysed at top order. Moreover, compared to the proof of LindbladRodnianski [30], thanks to these norms, we do not need Hörmander’s L1-L-estimate.

Strong (t-r)-Decay for Velocity Averages.

In order to close the energy estimates for the particle density, we have to deal with the weak decay rate of the perturbation part of the metric in the interior of the light cone. In the case of Vlasov fields with compact support, massless particles will follow straight lines parallel to the light cone, so that the support of the Vlasov field is located close to the light cone. We capture this effect in the non-compactly supported case using hierarchized weighted-energy norms for the Vlasov field, similar to those considered in [7]. The extra weights allows us to prove strong decay away from the wave zone, that is when t-r is large.

The Lie Derivative.

As in [31], we commute the Einstein equations with Lie derivatives. Following a strategy initially developed for the Vlasov–Maxwell system in [6], we also write the error terms arising in the commutation of the Vlasov equation in terms of Lie derivatives of the metric components. Compared to [17], this reduces the complexity of the error terms, and fully conserves the null structure of the system after commutation, which appears to be crucial in our proof. Moreover, it also allows to avoid many hierarchies considered in [30] in the commuted Einstein equations and in [17] in the commuted Vlasov equation.

Decay Loss and v-Derivatives.

At the linear level, derivatives in v do not commute well with the massless transport operator, so that one should expect that the presence of terms of the form viZ^If in the source term of the Vlasov equation to be problematic. In the massive case [17, 31], the introduction of improved commutators seemed necessary to deal with the similar issue. Here, this issue can be resolved essentially by using the null structure of the system, the strong decay in t-r of the Vlasov field and a hierarchy of growth in t at the top order.

The Morawetz Weight.

The Morawetz vector field, which has been used extensively as a multiplier in the study of wave equations (cf. [26, 32]) gives rise to a momentum weight m (defined in (3.19)), which is in the kernel of the flat transport operator and in turn yields a conserved quantity in Minkowski spacetime. Its potential use in stability problems has been pointed out in [10]. In the present paper we provide the first application for this weight by utilising it to construct auxiliary energies, which allow for an absorption of |t-r| growth in the primary energy estimates for the distribution. It constitutes an essential ingredient to the hierarchized energy scheme, which we use to close the estimates.

Strategy of the Proof and Outline of the Paper

The Cauchy Problem in Wave Coordinates and Initial Data

It is well-known that the Einstein equations can be formulated as a Cauchy problem and in the case of the Einstein–Vlasov system, the well-posedness is guaranteed by a theorem of Choquet-Bruhat [11]. See also [43] for the massless case. A detailed formulation of the Cauchy problem for the Einstein–Vlasov system can be found in [36].

Consider a smooth 3-dimensional manifold Σ with a Riemannian metric g˚, a symmetric covariant 2-tensor k˚ and a function f˚ defined on TΣ (or equivalently on TΣ), with all data assumed to be smooth and such that the constraint equations (see [36] for details) are satisfied. The Cauchy problem then consists in constructing a 4-dimensional manifold M with Lorentz metric g, a smooth function f defined on P, satisfying the Einstein–Vlasov system (1.1), and an embedding i:ΣM such that ig=g˚, ik=k˚, fprΣ-1=f˚, where k is the second fundamental form of i(Σ) in (M,g) and the function prΣ-1:TΣP is defined as follows. Let π:PTMM the canonical projection. Given pTΣ, there exists a unique q(p)Ti(Σ) such that p=iq(p) and then a unique q|| proportional to the normal to i(Σ) at π(q(p)) such that q(p)+q||(p)=:prΣ-1(p)π-1(i(Σ)).

Analogous to [29, 30], we consider here wave coordinates, that is we choose coordinates (t=x0,x1,x2,x3), on M which satisfy

0μ3,gxμ=0, 2.1

where g=gαβDαDβ is the wave operator associated to the metric g. An element vTM can then be written as v=vμdxμ and this gives rise to coordinates (xμ,vν), μ,ν=0,,3 on TM.

The class of initial data which is considered in the following is asymptotically flat and small in the following sense. Let M>0 be a constant.4 Following [30], we make the ansatz

g=η+h0+h1, 2.2

where η denotes the Minkowski metric while the perturbation h0+h1 consists of the Schwarzschild part hαβ0=χ(r1+t)Mrδαβ, and the perturbation h1. The function χ is smooth and chosen such that χ(s)=0 if s14 and χ(s)=1 if s12.

In wave coordinates, the evolution equations can be written as a system of quasilinear wave equations, the reduced equations, taking the form

~ggμν=Fμν(g)(g,g)-2T[f]μν,0μ,ν3,~g:=gαβxαxβ, 2.3

where denotes the covariant derivative of the flat Minkowski space-time. An initial data set (Σ0,g˚,k˚,f˚) gives rise to initial data of the reduced equations coupled to the Vlasov equation via

f|t=0=f˚,gij|t=0=g˚ij,g0i|t=0=0,g00|t=0=-a2,a(x)2=1-χ(r)Mr, 2.4

and

tgij|t=0=-2ak˚ij,tg00|t=0=2a3g˚ijk˚ij, 2.5
tg0i|t=0=a2g˚jkjg˚ik-a22g˚jkig˚jk-aia. 2.6

One can show that, with the choice (2.5)–(2.6) the wave coordinate condition (2.1) is satisfied by (gμν,tgμν)|t=0, see, for example, [29, Section 4].

In view of the decomposition (2.2), the equations (2.3) can be rewritten as a system for the components of h1, with extra source terms depending on h0. Thus, the unknowns of the reduced Einstein–Vlasov system are h1 and the distribution function f. The initial data will be chosen small in the sense that the mass parameter M and certain energy norms of h1 and f are bounded by a small constant ε>0.

Vector Fields

Let

K:={t,x1,x2,x3,Ω12,Ω13,Ω23,Ω01,Ω02,Ω03,S},

be an ordered set of conformal Killing vector fields of Minkowski spacetime, where

Ωij=xij-xji,Ω0k=xkt+tk,S=xμμ,μ:=xμ.

We consider an ordering on K={Z1,,Z11} and for any multi-index I=(I1,,I|I|) of length |I| we denote the high order Lie derivative LZI1LZI|I| by LZI. Also let

P^0:={t,x1,x2,x3,Ω^12,Ω^13,Ω^23,Ω^01,Ω^02,Ω^03,S}={Z^1,Z^11},

where

Ω^ij=xij-xji+vivj-vjvi, 2.7
Ω^0k=xkt+tk+|v|vk,|v|=|v1|2+|v2|2+|v3|2 2.8

and we denote Z^I1ZI|I| by Z^I. Moreover, we work with the null frame U={L,L_,e1,e2}, where L=t+r, L_=t-r, and (e1,e2) form an orthonormal basis of the tangent space to the 2-spheres of constant t and r. We define T={L,e1,e2} as the set of the basis vectors which are tangent to the light cone and we denote L={L}.

Let k be a symmetric covariant 2-tensor field and V,W{U,T,L}. At any point (tx), we define

|k|VW(t,x):=UU,VV,WWU(k)(V,W)(t,x)=UU,VV,WWxαkβλ(t,x)UαVβWλ,|¯k|VW(t,x)=TT,VV,WWT(k)(V,W)(t,x)=TT,VV,WWxαkβλ(t,x)TαVβWλ.

Finally, we denote by Σt the hypersurface of constant t, that is

Σt:={(τ,x)R1+3/τ=t},

and we introduce, for any (a,b)R2, the weight function

ωab=ωab(t,r):=1(1+|t-r|)a,tr,(1+|t-r|)b,t<r. 2.9

Detailed Statement of the Main Theorem

Our main result can then be formulated as follows:

Theorem 2.1

(Main theorem, complete version) Let N13, 0<γ<120 and (Σ0,g˚ij,k˚ij,f˚) be an initial data set to the massless Einstein–Vlasov system such that Σ0R3, where M>0 and giving rise to initial data (hμν1|t=0,thμν1|t=0,f|t=0) of the reduced Einstein–Vlasov system through (2.4)–(2.6). Consider ε>0 and assume that the following smallness assumptions are satisfied

M2+|I|N+2(1+r)12+γ+|I|Ih˚1L2(Rx3)2+(1+r)12+γ+|I|Ik˚L2(Rx3)2ε,|I|+|J|N+3(1+r)23N+10+|I|(1+|v|)1+|J|xIvJf˚L1(Rx3×Rv3)ε.

There exists a constant ε0>0 such that if εε0, then the maximal Cauchy development (gf) arising from such data is geodesically complete and asymptotes to the Minkowski space-time.

Moreover, there exists a global system of wave coordinates (t,x1,x2,x3), and a constant 0<δ(ε)<γ20, with δ(ε)ε00, in which the following energy bounds hold:

For the Vlasov field, tR+,

|I|N-1ΣtRv3Z^If|v|dvdxε(1+t)δ2,|I|=NΣtRv3Z^If|v|dvdxε(1+t)12+δ.

For the metric perturbation h1, tR+,

|J|N-1ΣtLZJ(h1)2ω01+2γdxε(1+t)2δ,|J|N-1ΣtLZJ(h1)TU2ω2γ1+γdxε(1+t)δ,|J|=NΣtLZJ(h1)21+t+rωγ2+2γdxε(1+t)2δ,|J|NΣtLZJ(h1)LL2ω1+2γ1dxε(1+t)δ.

Remark 2.2

On top of the above energy bounds, we also prove pointwise decay estimates on h1 and its derivatives, see Propositions 10.1 and 10.6 . We note that the decay rates we state on certain null components of h1 (see (10.6)) are weaker near the light cone than those obtained by LindbladRodnianski [30]. This is because we can close our main estimates without using the L1-L-decay estimate of Hörmander. Of course, a posteriori, one can upgrade these rates to those of [30, Subsection 10.2] to obtain that for any |J|N-5 and for all (t,x)R+×R3

LZJ(h1)TU(t,x)ε1+t+r,LZJ(h1)(t,x)εlog(3+t)1+t+r.

Remark 2.3

At the top order, the strong growth of the energy norm of f leads to a strong growth of the L2-norm of the perturbation of the metric. For a technical reason and in order to avoid a much stronger decay hypothesis on h1(0,·), we, in some sense, include this strong growth through the weight (1+t+r)-1 into the top order energy norm of h1. Not all top order norms actually need to grow: the small growth on the LL-top energy norm for h1 can in fact be removed at the expense of a more carefull analysis of the error terms.

The proof of the main theorem is based on vector field methods and a continuity argument so that it essentially consists in improving bootstrap assumptions on well-chosen energy norms of h1 and f. The global-in-time existence then follows by standard arguments. As we use a vector field method, we then need to

  • commute the equations by high order derivatives composed by elements of K for the Einstein equations and P^0 for the Vlasov equations,

  • perform energy estimates to propagate weighted L2-norms of h1 and weighted L1-norms of f,

  • obtain pointwise decay estimates for the solutions through Klainerman–Sobolev type inequalities and

  • estimate all the error terms arising from the energy estimates using the decay estimates.

As is usual for these type of problems, the main sources of difficulty arise from

  • the bad behaviour near the light cone and the weak decay rate of h1 in the interior region t>r,

  • the bad commutation properties of the Vlasov equation, in particular, generating error terms containing v derivatives of f,

  • the top order estimates, where some of the structural properties of the equations cannot be used anymore.

We present below some key technical ingredients of the proof that address in particular the issues above.

L1-Estimates for the Vlasov Field

Naive Estimate

As Z^, the complete lift of a Killing vector field Z, commutes with the flat relativistic transport operator Tη:=|v|t+vivi and since |g-η| is expected to be small, commuting Tg(f)=0 with Z^ should create controllable error terms.5 However, a naive estimate leads to

TgZ^f0μ,ν3Z(hμν)|t,xf||v|+t,xZ(hμν)|vf||v|+t,x(hμν)|vf||v|

and, during the proof, we will have

Z(hμν)ε(1+|t-r|)12(1+t+r)1-δ,t,xZ(hμν)+t,x(hμν)ε(1+t+r)1-δ(1+|t-r|)12,

so that, since |vf|(t+r)|t,xf|+Z^P^0|Z^f|,

0tΣτRv3TgZ^fdvdxdτ0tΣτRv3ε(1+τ+r)δ1+|τ-r||t,xf||v|dvdxdτ+betterterms. 2.10

Controlling the left-hand side is necessary to close the energy estimates for f using a Grönwall type inequality. However, with the above naive estimate, there are two obstacles preventing us to do so.

  1. The decay rate degenerates near the light cone t=r. As mentioned earlier, we will deal with this issue by taking advantage of the null structure of the equations.

  2. The decay rate is not integrable (and not even almost integrable). Even if we could transform the t-r decay into a t+r one, the overall t decay is too weak to derive an estimate such as Z^fLx,v1ε(1+t)η for any Z^P^0, with η1.

The Null Structure of the Vlasov Equation.

Let us denote g-1-η-1 by H and v0+|v| by Δv. Then, the deviation of Tg from the flat relativistic transport operator is

Tg-Tη=-Δvt+vαHαβxβ-12i(H)αβvαvβ·vi. 2.11

Now, recall

  • that the derivatives of H tangential to the light cone can be compared to those of h and have a better behavior than the others. More precisely,
    |LH|(t,x)+|e1H|(t,x)+|e2H|(t,x)ε(1+|t-r|)12(1+t+r)2-δ.
    It will be important to notice that a similar property holds for |Lf|.
  • from [30, Section 8] and the wave gauge condition that the LT components of H enjoy improved decay estimates near the light cone,
    |H|LT(t,x)ε(1+|t-r|)12+δ1+t+r,|H|LT(t,x)ε(1+|t-r|)12+δ(1+t+r)2-2δ.
    We will prove that eA(H)LL decays even faster near the light cone, which will be crucial in our proof.
  • from [6, Proposition 2.9], that certain null components of v behave better than others. In particular, in the flat case where v0=-|v|, one can control
    0tΣτRv3|Z^f|(1+|t-r|)98|vL|dvdxdτ
    by the initial energy of |Z^f|, so that, in the presence of vL, we can exploit the decay in t-r in order to close the energy estimates.6 Moreover, the angular components satisfy, still in the flat case, |vA||v||vL|, so that angular components also behave better than generic ones.
  • from [6, Lemma 4.2], that xirvif behaves better than vkf near the light cone since |xirvif||t-r||t,xf|+Z^P^0|Z^f|.

  • from [17, Subsection 4.2], that Δv satisfies a kind of null condition. In our case, we have
    |Δv|=|H(v,v)||H|LT|v|+|H||vL|.

Now note that a naive estimate of (2.11) gives us

|Tg(f)-Tη(f)|ε(1+t+r)δ1+|t-r||t,xf|+ε(1+t+r)1-δ1+|t-r|Z^P^0|Z^f|

whereas, expanding all the error terms according to a null frame and taking advantage of the improved properties satisfied by the good null components of the solutions, we obtain

|Tg(f)-Tη(f)|ε(1+|t-r|)121+t+r(1+|t-r|)δ|v||t,xf|+(1+t+r)2δ|v||vL||t,xf|+ε(1+t+r)1+|t-r|Z^P^0(1+|t-r|)δ|v||Z^f|+(1+t+r)2δ|vL||Z^f|.

This last estimate is much better since either the decay rate is almost integrable for tr or the Vlasov field is multiplied by |v||vL|, which allows to use part of the decay in t-r. This indicates how important the structure of the non-linearities is and how important it is to conserve them by commutation. By differentiating the metric by Lie derivatives, we will obtain that

Tg(Ω^ijf)=-Ω^ij(Δv)g0βxβf-vαLΩij(H)αβxβf+12iLΩij(H)αβvαvβvif, 2.12
Tg(xμf)=-xμ(Δv)g0βxβf-vαLxμ(H)αβxβf+12iLxμ(H)αβvαvβvif, 2.13

which improves the commutation formula obtained in [17], where the quantities controlled, Z(hμν), are not geometric, and where the full structure of the non-linearities were not preserved.7 This will allow us to improve our naive estimate (2.10) in the following way:

0tΣτRv3TgZ^fdvdxdτ0tΣτε(1+|τ-r|)12+δ1+τ+r|t,xf||v|dvdxdτ+0tΣτε(1+|τ-r|)12(1+τ+r)1-4δ|t,xf||vL|dvdxdτ+betterterms, 2.14

so that we can expect to propagate the bound Z^f(t,·)Lx,v1ε(1+t)η, with η1 independent of δ, provided that we can improve the decay in t-r of the velocity averages of f and its derivatives. Note that we will take η=δ2 during the proof.

Dealing with the Non Integrable Decay Rate.

Even after exploiting the null structure as explained above, we are still left with error terms which are not time-integrable and therefore with energy norms a priori growing in time. We will circumvent this difficulty by following the strategy of [7] and we will then consider hierarchized weighted L1-norms. It essentially relies on the following two properties:

  1. The translations μ, when applied to solutions of a wave equation, provide an extra decay far from the light cone compared to the other commutation vector fields. In view of (2.12) and (2.13), we can expect the following improved behavior for Tg(xμf),
    |Tg(xμf)|(1+|t-r|)-1|Tg(Ω^ijf)|,
    which would considerably improve the estimate (2.14) for Z^=xμ. Since the worst source terms of Tg(Z^f), for any Z^P^0, contain only standard derivatives t,xf of the particle density, the system composed by the commuted Vlasov equations is in some sense triangular.
  2. The weight m:=|1+(t2+r2)-2trxirvi|v|2|14 can be used in order to obtain stronger decay on f. This essentially arises from the contraction of the Morawetz conformal Killing vector field K¯=(t2+r2)t+2trr with the flat velocity current, and it satisfies, in particular, that
    Tη(m)=0,1+|t-r|m
    so that one can expect Tg(mnf) to be small and then propagate L1-norms of f weighted by mn.8

As a consequence of these two observations, we will then be able to prove an estimate such as m23t,xf(t,·)Lx,v1ε(1+t)η. This will then allow us to improve the estimate (2.14) by

0tΣτRv3TgZ^fdvdxdτ0tΣτεm23|t,xf||v|(1+τ+r)(1+|τ-r|)16-δdvdxdτ+0tΣτεm23|t,xf||vL|(1+τ+r)1-4δ(1+|τ-r|)16dvdxdτ+better terms,

and then prove Z^f(t,·)Lx,v1ε(1+t)η. Since we will have to consider higher order derivatives, in order to apply this strategy, we will rather consider energy norms of the form mQ-23IPZ^If(t,·)Lx,v1, with Q>0 sufficiently large and where IP is the number of homogeneous vector fields composing Z^I.

Study of the Metric Perturbation h1

As already observed by Lindblad [28], differentiating the metric by Lie derivatives considerably simplifies the study of the Einstein equations. The two main arguments for using the Lie derivative are presented in this section.

The Wave Gauge Condition is Preserved by Commutation with LZJ, where ZJK|J|.

More precisely, the wave gauge condition gxν=0 leads to

μh-12tr(h)η+O(|h|2)μν=0

and one can prove (see Subsection 4.2) that this property is preserved by differentiation by the Lie derivative, that is

|J|N,μLZJ(h)-12tr(LZJh)η+LZJO(|h|2)μν=0.

This implies in particular, with ¯:=(L,e1,e2) containing the good derivatives of the null frame (those tangential to the light cone), that for any |J|N,

|LZJ(h)|LT|¯LZJ(h)|+|K1|+|K2||J||LZK1(h)||LZK2(h)|.

In [30] (and in [17]), this property was obtained for h but could not be directly obtained for its derivatives, since the quantities controlled, ZI(hμν), were not geometric. For the purpose of this article, it is crucial to derive improved estimated on the null components of the higher order derivatives of h in order to close the energy estimates. Otherwise, certain error terms of the commuted Vlasov equations would lack too much t+r decay.

Remark 2.4

In [30], a lack of (t+r)δ-decay in the error terms of the commuted Einstein equations was circumvented by considering several hierarchies so that ZIhμν1(t,·)L2ε(1+t)δ|I|, with δ|I|1 growing with |I|. In our case the lack of decay seems to be much worse (recall the naive estimate (2.11)) and this prevents us to consider such hierarchies between the energy norms at top order.

Remark 2.5

Several analogies exist between the Einstein equations and the Maxwell equations

μFμν=Jν,μFμν=0,

where the electromagnetic field F is a 2-form, F is its Hodge dual and the source term J is a current. In particular, studying the Einstein equations in wave coordinates has to be compared to considering the Maxwell equations in the Lorenz gauge. This means that we work with a potential A satisfying dA=F and the Lorenz gauge condition μAμ=0, which has to be compared to the wave gauge condition since it gives |(A)L||¯A|. Moreover, we noticed in [6] that ZK,

dA=FandμAμ=0(dLZ(A)=LZ(F)andμLZ(A)μ=0),

so that commuting with LZ conserves the Maxwell equations as well as the Lorenz gauge condition.

The Null Structure of the Einstein Equations.

For the study of the Einstein equations (2.3), all the error terms arising after commutation will have sufficient decay outside the wave zone. To control the error terms near the wave zone, one of course, needs to exploit the null structure and the weak null structure of the equations.

Indeed, one cannot propagate L2-estimate on h1 by performing naive estimates. It was shown in [30] that Fμν(h)(h,h) is composed of cubic terms which decay strongly, of quadratic terms Qμν(h,h), which are a linear combination of standard null forms, and other quadratic terms P(μh,νh) which contain semi-linear terms satisfying

|P(μh,νh)||h|TU2+|h|LL|h|+|h||h|LL.

Since the wave gauge condition holds, the problem arises from the term |h|TU2. To deal with it, the proof of [30] used the L1-L-estimate of Hörmander which yields |h|TUε(1+t)-1. We provide in this paper an alternative way for treating this issue, which seems in fact necessary in order to deal with the top order energy estimates for the Vlasov field (see Subsection 2.6). The L2 bound that we will have on h1 is

E¯γ,1+2γ[h1](t):=Σt|h1|2ω01+2γdx+0tΣt|¯h1|21+|τ-r|ωγ1+2γdxdτε(1+t)2δ,δ<γ,

where

ωab(t,r)(1+|t-r|)-a1rt+(1+|t-r|)b1r>t,(a,b)R+2.

We then observe that for any (T,U)T×U, P(Th,Uh) satisfies the null condition and that T[f]TU, due to the presence of the good component vT in the integrand, decays much faster near the light cone than |T[f]|. As a consequence, we will be able to prove that

ETU2γ,1+γ[h1](t):=Σt|h1|TU2ω2γ1+γdx+0tΣt|¯h1|TU21+|τ-r|ω2γ1+γdxdτε(1+t)κ,

where κ1 can be chosen independently of δ, allowing us to control sufficiently well the error term |h|TU2. During the proof, we will take κ=δ.

Remark 2.6

These estimates reflect that, even estimated in L2, |h1|TU has a better behavior than h1 for tr. As no improvement can be obtained far from the light cone, this property can only be captured if the L2-norm of |h1|TU carries a weaker weight in t-r than the one of h1.

Again, it is then important to prove that the structure of the source terms of the Einstein equations are conserved by commutation with LZJ. As noticed in [28], we have for a Killing vector field Z,9

LZP(μh,νk)=P(μLZh,νk)+P(μh,νLZk),LZQμν(h,k)=Qμν(LZh,k)+Qμν(h,LZk).

Moreover, the structure of the commutator

[~g,LZ](hμν)=LZ(H)αβαβhμν

is also preserved by the action of LZJ and the cubic terms as well as ~ghμν0 can be easily handled. Similarly, one can prove that

LZ(T[f])μν=T[Z^f]μν+good terms,

so that LZ(T[f]) enjoys the same improved properties as T[f] in the good null directions.

The Top Order Estimates

After commuting the Vlasov equation by Z^I, with |I|=N and where N is the maximal number of commutations, a specific difficulty appears with the error terms of the form

(t+r)|v||¯LZI(h1)|LL|t,xf|,

where all the null structure is contained in the h1-factor. Since |I|=N, one cannot gain t+r decay by expressing the good derivatives ¯ in terms of the commutation vector fields anymore. Since the estimate

Rv3|t,xf||v|dvε(1+t+r)2-δ2(1+|t-r|)3,

holds, we have

0tΣτRv3(t+r)|v||¯LZI(h1)|LL|t,xf|dvdxdτ0tΣτ|¯LZI(h1)|LL2(1+|τ-r|)4dxdτ12ε(1+t)1+δ2.

Then, even the energy bound ETU2γ,1+γ[LZIh1](t)ε(1+t)κ would not allow us to close the energy estimates at top order. Indeed, we would obtain Z^If(t,·)Lx,v1ε(1+t)1+δ+κ2, leading to E¯γ,1+2γ[LZIh1](t)ε(1+t)1+δ+κ. Even though |T[Z^If]|TU has a good behavior, this would prevent us to prove a better estimate than ETU2γ,1+γ[LZIh1](t)Cε(1+t)κ+δ. Since δ>0, we would then fail to improve all the bootstrap assumptions. The idea to resolve this problem is then to notice that ~g(LZIh1)LL strongly decays near the light cone, so that one can propagate the bound

Σt|LZI(h1)|LLω1+2γ1dx+0tΣt|¯LZI(h1)|LL1+|τ-r|ω1+2γ1dxdτε(1+t)η0,

where η01 can be chosen independently of all the other bootstrap assumptions. As mentioned in Remark 2.3, we could prove that the previous estimate holds for η0=0.

Organization of the Paper

In Section 3, we introduce the notations used in this article. Useful results for the analysis of the null structure of the equations concerning the commutation vector fields, the velocity current v and the weights preserved by the free transport operator are presented. We also introduce the energy norms used to study the solutions. In Section 4, we study the consequences of the wave gauge condition and the source terms of the commuted Einstein equations. Section 5 is devoted to the commutation formula of the Vlasov equation, as well as its analysis and in Section 6, we compute the derivatives of the energy momentum tensor T[f]. The energy estimates used for the metric perturbation are proved in Section 7 and the one for the particle density is derived in Section 8. We set-up the bootstrap assumptions in Section 9. In Section 10, we prove pointwise decay estimates for the null components of h1 and its derivatives and we use them to bound all the source terms of the Einstein equations but for the contribution of T[f] in Section 11. In Section 12 (respectively Section 13), we improve the bootstrap assumptions on h1 (respectively f). Finally, in Section 14, we prove the required estimates on the L2-norm of T[f] in order to close the energy estimates.

Preliminaries

In this section, we set-up the problem and introduce basic mathematical tools and notations.

Basic Notations

We will use two sets of coordinates on R1+3, the Cartesian (t,x1,x2,x3), in which the metric η of Minkowski spacetime satisfies η=diag(-1,1,1,1), and null coordinates (u_,u,ω1,ω2), where

u_=t+r,u=t-r

and (ω1,ω2) are spherical variables, which are spherical coordinates on the spheres (t,r)=constant. These coordinates are defined globally on R1+3 apart from the usual degeneration of spherical coordinates and at r=0. We will use the notation for the covariant differentiation in Minkowski spacetime. We denote by Inline graphic the intrinsic covariant differentiation on the spheres (t,r)=constant and by (e1,e2) an orthonormal basis of their tangent spaces. Capital Roman indices such as A or B will always correspond to spherical variables. The null derivatives are defined by

L=t+randL_=t-r,

so that

L(u_)=2,L(u)=0,L_(u_)=0,L_(u)=2.

With respect to the null frame {L,L_,e1,e2}, the Minkowski metric has the following components

η(L,L)=η(L_,L_)=η(L,eA)=η(L_,eA)=0,η(L,L_)=η(L_,L)=-2,η(eA,eB)=δAB.

We define further ¯=(L,e1,e2), the derivatives tangential to the light cone, as well as U={L,L_,e1,e2}, T={L,e1,e2} and L={L}, which will be useful in order to study the behavior of certain tensor fields in null directions. For that purpose, we introduce for a symmetric (0, 2)-tensor field of Cartesian components kαβ,

|k|VW:=VV,WWk(V,W)=VV,WWkαβVαWβ,|k|VW:=UU,VV,WWU(k)(V,W)=UU,VV,WWμ(kαβ)UμVαWβ,|¯k|VW:=TT,VV,WWT(k)(V,W)=TT,VV,WWμ(kαβ)TμVαWβ.

If V=W=U, we will drop the subscript UU. For instance, |k|:=|k|UU.

As we study massless particles, the distribution functions considered in this paper will not be defined for v=0 so we introduce Rv3:=R3\{0}.

We will use the notation D1D2 for an inequality such as D1CD2, where C>0 is a positive constant independent of the solutions but which could depend on NN, the maximal order of commutation, and fixed parameters (δ, γ,...). We will raise and lower indices using the Minkowski metric η. For instance, xμ=xνηνμ and, for a current p,

pL=-2pL_,pL_=-2pL,pA=pA.

The only exception is made for the metric g, where in this case, gμν will denote the (μ,ν) component of g-1.

Finally, we extend the Kronecker symbol to vector fields, that is if X and Y are two vector fields, δXY=0 if XY and δXY=1 otherwise.

Vlasov Fields in the Cotangent Bundle Formulation

Our framework for the study of the Vlasov equation and the Vlasov field is adapted from the one developed in [17] and is thus based on the co-tangent formulation of the Vlasov equation. The presentation below follows closely that of [17], but takes into account the fact that we consider here massless particles only.

Let (M,g) be a smooth time-oriented, oriented, 4-dimensional Lorentzian manifold. We denote by P the following subset of the cotangent bundle TM

P:=(x,v)TM:gx-1(v,v)=0andvfutureoriented.

Note in particular that for v to be a future oriented covector, necessarily v0. P is a smooth 7-dimensional manifold, as the level set of a smooth function with non-vanishing gradient.

In the massive case, P is often referred to as the co-massshell. By an abuse of language, we will keep calling P the co-massshell, even in the present massless case. We will denote by π the canonical projection π:PM.

Given a coordinate system on M, (U,xα) with UM, we obtain a local coordinate system on TM, by considering the coordinates vα conjugate to the xα such that for any xUM, any vTxM

v=vαdxα.

We now assume that there exist local coordinates (xα) such that x0=t is a smooth time function, that is its gradient is past directed and timelike. In that case, the algebraic equation

vαvβgαβ=0andvαfuturedirected

can be solved for v0 by

v0=-(g00)-1g0jvj-(g0jvj)2+(-g00)gijvivj<0.

It follows that (xα,vi), 1i3 are smooth coordinates on P and for any xM, (vi), 1i3 are smooth coordinates on π-1(x). Note that the requirement that v0, implies that viR3\{0}. We thus define Rv3:=R3\{0}. All integrations in v can be performed using the (vi) coordinates in which case, the domain of integration will always be Rv3.

With respect to these coordinates, we introduce a volume form dμπ-1(x) on π-1(x) defined by

dμπ-1(x)=-detg-1vβgβ0dv1dv2dv3.

For any sufficiently regular distribution function f:PR, we define its energy-momentum tensor as the tensor field

Tαβ[f](x)=π-1(x)vαvβfdμπ-1(x). 3.1

For the above integral to be well-defined, one needs f(x,·) to be locally integrable in v, to decay sufficiently fast in v as |v|+, as well as |v|f to be integrable near 0, in view of the fact that the volume form dμπ-1(x) becomes singular near v=0. All distribution functions considered in this paper will always be such that these properties hold. Moreover, we will also require f to possess additional decay in x and v, so that we can perform the various integration by parts needed. In any case, one can assume for simplicity for the computations to hold that all distribution functions are smooth, compactly supported, with a support away from v=0, and then use the standard approximation arguments to obtain the results in the non-compactly supported case.

The Vlasov field f is required to solve the Vlasov equation, which can be written in the (xα,vi) coordinate system as

Tg(f):=gαβvαxβf-12vαvβxigαβvif=0. 3.2

It follows from the Vlasov equation that the energy-momentum tensor is divergence free and more generally, for any sufficiently regular distribution function k:PR,

gαγDγTαβ[k]=vTg(k)vβdμπ-1(x),

where D is the covariant differentiation in (R1+3,g).

The System of Equations

We decompose the metric as

gμν=ημν+hμν=ημν+hμν0+hμν1,

where

hαβ0=χr1+tMrδαβ

is the Schwarzschild part, and χ:RR is a smooth cutoff function such that χ(s)=0 if s14 and χ(s)=1 if s12. For the inverse metric we will use the decomposition

gμν=ημν+Hμν,Hμν=χr1+tMrδμν+H1μν=(h0)μν+H1μν.

The relation between h1 and H1 is made precise in Section 4.1. Define the reduced wave operator

~g=gαβαβ.

In wave coordinates (x0,x1,x2,x3), we have gxν=0 by definition, so that (see [29, Section 3])

ν0,3,μgμν|detg|=0. 3.3

The massless Einstein–Vlasov system then reads

~ghμν1=Fμν(h)(h,h)-~ghμν0-2T[f]μν, 3.4a
Tg(f)=0, 3.4b

where

Tg=gαβvαβ-12xigαβvαvβvi,T[f]μν=Rv3fvμvν|detg-1|g0αvαdv1dv2dv3.

Moreover, according to [29, Lemma 3.2] the semi-linear terms can be divided in three parts

Fμν(h)(h,h)=P(μh,νh)+Qμν(h,h)+Gμν(h)(h,h),

where P(μh,νh), Qμν(h,h) and Gμν(h)(h,h) are (0, 2)-tensor fields, the indices (μ,ν) refers to their components in the wave coordinates system (tx), and PQG are defined as follows.

  • P contains the source terms which do not satisfy the null condition and is given by
    P(μh,νk):=14ηααμhααηββνkββ-12ηααηββμhαβνkαβ. 3.5
  • Q is a combination of the standard null forms and is given by
    Qμν(h,k):=ηααηββαhβμαkβν-ηααηββαhβμβkαν-βhβμαkαν+ηααηββμhαβαkβν-αhαβμkβν+ηααηββνhαβαkβμ-αhαβνkβμ+12ηααηβββhααμkβν-μhααβkβν+12ηααηβββhαανkβμ-νhααβkβμ. 3.6
  • Finally, Gμν(h)(h,h) contains cubic and quartic terms and can be written as a linear combination of
    Hαβξhμνσhλκ,Hα0β0Hαβξhμνσhλκ, 3.7
    where all the indices are taken in 0,3.

The null structure of the quadratic terms is of fundamental importance and is described in the following result:

Lemma 3.1

Let k and q be (0, 2)-tensor fields. Then

Pk,q|k|TU|q|TU+|k|LL|q|+|k||q|LL,|P(k,q)|TU+Qk,q¯k|q|+|k|¯q,|P(k,q)|LL+|Q(k,q)|LL|k||¯q|TU+|¯k|TU|q|.

Proof

According to (3.5) and since ηL_L_=ηL_A=0, we have for any (V,W)U2,

|P(Vk,Wq)||Vk|TU|Wq|TU+|V(k)LL||Wq|+|Vk||W(q)LL|.

This implies all the inequalities which concern P(k,q). Note now that, for any Cartesian component (μ,ν), Qμνk,q can be written as linear combination of

N0(hλ1λ2,hλ3λ4),Nαβ(hλ1λ2,hλ3λ4),0α<β3,(λ1,λ2,λ3,λ4)0,34,

where at least one of the λi is equal to μ or to ν and

N0(ϕ,ψ)=-tϕtψ+1ϕ1ψ+2ϕ2ψ+3ϕ3ψ,Nαβ(ϕ,ψ)=αϕβψ-βϕαψ

are the standard null forms. They satisfy (see [39, Chapter 2] for a proof), for any α<β,

|N0(ϕ,ψ)|+|Nαβ(ϕ,ψ)||ϕ||¯ψ|+|¯ϕ||ψ|.

Commutation Vector Fields for Wave Equations

Let P be the generators of the Poincaré algebra, that is the set containing

thetranslationsμ,0μ3,therotationsΩij=xij-xji,1i<j3,thehyperbolicrotationsΩ0k=tk+xkt,1k3,

which are Killing vector fields of Minkowski spacetime.10 We also consider K:=P{S}, where S=xμμ is the scaling vector field which is merely a conformal Killing vector field. The elements of P are well known to commute with the flat wave operator η=-t2+12+22+32 and we also have [η,S]=2η.

We consider an ordering on K={Z1,,Z11} such that Z11=S and we define, for any multi-index J1,11n of length nN, ZJ=ZJ1ZJn. By convention, if |J|=0, ZJϕ=ϕ. Similarly, ZJ will denote ZJ1ZJn.

When commuting the system (3.4a) and (3.4b), we will use the Lie derivative to differentiate the metric g in order to preserve the structure of the equations. In coordinates, the Lie derivative LX(k) of a tensor field kβ1βmα1αn with respect to a vector field X is given by

LXkβ1βmα1αn=Xkβ1βmα1αn-kβ1βmμα2αnμXα1--kβ1βmα1αn-1μμXαn+kμβ2βmα1αnβ1Xμ++kβ1βm-1μα1αnβmXμ. 3.8

For ZJK|J|, we define LZJ(k)=LZJ1LZJn(k). Note that that for nN, we have

|J|nZJ(k)|J|nLZJ(k)|J|nZJ(k). 3.9

The standard lemma can be obtained using

(t-r)L_=S-xirΩ0i,(t+r)L=S+xirΩ0i,eA=1rCAij·Ωij, 3.10

where CAij are bounded smooth functions of (ω1,ω2), and

(t-r)t=tt+rS-xit+rΩ0i,i=-xit+rS+tt+rΩ0i-xjt+rΩij.

Lemma 3.2

For any sufficiently regular function ϕ:[0,T[×R3R, it holds that

(t,x)[0,T[×R3,(1+|t-r|)|ϕ|+(1+t+r)|¯ϕ|ZKZϕ.

The purpose of the following result is to generalize Lemma 3.2 to tensor fields.

Lemma 3.3

Let kμν be a sufficiently regular symmetric tensor field defined on [0,T[×R3. Then, the following estimates hold, where ZJK|J|. For all (t,x)[0,T[×R3:

k|J|1LZJk1+|t-r|,¯k|J|1LZJk1+t+r. 3.11

For all (t,x)[0,T[×R3 such that rt+12,

kTUk1+t+r+|J|1LZJkTU1+|t-r|, 3.12
kLTkTU1+t+r+|J|1LZJkLT1+|t-r|,¯kLT|J|1LZJkTU1+t+r 3.13
kLLkLT1+t+r+|J|1LZJkLL1+|t-r|,¯kLL|J|1LZJkLT1+t+r. 3.14

This implies in particular the following weaker but more convenient estimates, which hold for any (V,W){(U,U),(T,U),(L,T),(L,L)} and for all (t,x)[0,T[×R3,

kVW|J|1LZJk1+t+r+LZJkVW1+|t-r|,¯kVW|J|1LZJk1+t+r 3.15

Proof

By Lemma 3.2 and since, for any ZK, Zk|LZk|+|k|, we have

(1+|t-r|)k+(1+t+r)¯kZKZkk+ZKLZk,

which implies (3.11). Suppose now that r1+t2. Define the operation “−”, by

L-:=T,T-:=U,U-:=U.

With this notation, we claim that for V{L,T,U} and VV,

UU,UV=XV-aXX,|aX|1r, 3.16
ZK,[Z,V]=WVbWW+XV-dXX,|bW|t+rr,|dX||t-r|r. 3.17

Indeed, the first inequality comes from LW=L_W=0 for any WU and eAL=-eAL_=eAr as well as Inline graphic, where Inline graphic are the connection coefficients in the eA basis of the sphere of radius r. The second one follows from

graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ765_HTML.gif

and the fact that [i,eA]=CAjjr, where CAj are bounded functions of x.

For U,V,WU we have

U(k)VW=U(kVW)-k(UV,W)-k(V,UW).

Using (3.16), we obtain, as 1+t+rr on {r1+t2},

VV,WW(k)VWVV,WW(kVW)+kV-W+kVW-1+t+r,VV,WW¯(k)VWVV,WW¯(kVW)+kV-W+kVW-1+t+r,

where V,W{U,T,L}. It then only remains to bound (kVW) and ¯(kVW). Start by noticing that, by Lemma 3.2,

(1+|t-r|)(kVW)+(1+t+r)¯(kVW)ZKZ(kVW).

Now, for ZK, we have

Z(kVW)=LZ(k)(V,W)+k[Z,V],W+kV,[Z,W],

so that, using (3.17) and that 1+t+rr on {r1+t2},

VV,WWZ(kVW)LZkVW+|k|VW+1+|t-r|1+t+r|k|V-W+|k|VW-.

The following two results will be useful in order to commute the Einstein equations geometrically.

Lemma 3.4

Let k be a (0, 2) tensor fields, so that k and k are respectively (0, 3) and (0, 4) tensor fields of cartesian components

kλμν=λkμν,kξλμν=ξλkμν.

For all ZK, we have

LZk=LZkandLZk=LZk.

Proof

Both relations follow from (3.8) and the fact that αZβ is constant for any (α,β)0,32 and ZK. Let us give more details for the first one. For cartesian components (α,μ,ν), we have

LZkαμν=Zαkμν+α(Zλ)λkμν+μ(Zλ)αkλν+ν(Zλ)αkμλ

and, since LZkαμν=αLZ(k)μν,

LZkαμν=α(Zλ)λ(kμν)+Zα(kμν)+α(μZλ)kλν+μ(Zλ)α(kλν)+α(νZλ)kμλ+ν(Zλ)α(kμλ).

To derive the equality LZk=LZk, it only remains to remark that σρZλ=0 for all 0σ,ρ,λ3.

Lemma 3.5

Let k and q be two sufficiently regular (0, 2)-tensor fields. For any permutation σS6, the (0, 2)-tensor field Rσ(k,q) defined by

Rα1α2σ(k,q):=ηα3α4ηα5α6ασ(1)kασ(2)ασ(3)ασ(4)qασ(5)ασ(6)

satisfies

ZK,LZRσ(k,q)=Rσ(LZk,q)+Rσ(k,LZq)-4δZSRσ(k,q).

Proof

Let ZK. Using that the Lie derivative commute with contractions, we get

LZRσ(k,q)=LZ(η-1)α3α4ηα5α6ασ(1)kασ(2)ασ(3)ασ(4)qασ(5)ασ(6)+ηα3α4LZ(η-1)α5α6ασ(1)kασ(2)ασ(3)ασ(4)qασ(5)ασ(6)+ηα3α4ηα5α6LZkασ(1)ασ(2)ασ(3)ασ(4)qασ(5)ασ(6)+ηα3α4ηα5α6ασ(1)kασ(2)ασ(3)LZqασ(4)ασ(5)ασ(6).

The result then ensues from LZ(η-1)=-2δZSη-1 as well as LZ(k)=(LZk) and LZ(q)=(LZq), which comes from Lemma 3.4.

Analysis on the Co-tangent Bundle

As in [18], we will commute the Vlasov equation using the complete lift Z^ of the Killing vector fields ZP of Minkowski spacetime. They are given by

^μ=μ,0μ3,Ω^ij=xij-xji+vivj-vjvi,1i<j3,Ω^0k=tk+xkt+|v|vk,1k3

and they commute with the flat massless relativistic transport operator Tη:=|v|t+v11+v22+v33 (see [18, Section 2.7] for more details). Even if the complete lift S^ of S satisfies [Tη,S^]=0, we will rather commute the Vlasov equation with S, which verifies [Tη,S]=Tη, for technical reason (see Lemma 3.9 below). We then introduce the ordered set

P^0:={Z^/ZP}{S}={Z^1,,Z^11},

where Z^11=S and Z^i=Zi^ if i1,10, so that for any multi-index J1,11n, Z^J:=Z^J1Z^Jn. For simplicity, we will denote by Z^ an arbitrary element of P^0, even if the scaling vector field S is not the complete lift of a vector field Xμxμ of the tangent bundle of Minkowski spacetime. Similarly, we will use the following convention, mostly to write concisely the commutation formula: for any Z^P^0, if Z^S, then Z will stand for the Killing vector field which has Z^ as complete lift and if Z^=S, then we will take Z=S. The sets

{Ω12,Ω13,Ω23,Ω01,Ω02,Ω03,S},{Ω^12,Ω^13,Ω^23,Ω^01,Ω^02,Ω^03,S}

contain all the homogeneous vector fields of K and P^0. As suggested by Lemma 3.2, μϕ has a better behavior than Zϕ for Z an arbitrary element of K. It will then be important, in order to exploit several hierarchies in the commuted Vlasov equation, to count the number of homogeneous vector fields which hit the particle density f in the error terms. Given a multi-index J so that ZJK|J| and Z^JP^0|J|, we denote by JP (respectively JT) the number of homogeneous vector fields (respectively translations) composing ZJ and Z^J. For instance, if

Z^J=tΩ^12S21,JT=3andJP=2.

The following technical lemma will be in particular useful for commuting the energy momentum tensor T[f] and then the Einstein equations (it illustrates the compatibility between the commutation vector fields of the wave equation and those of the relativistic transport equation):

Lemma 3.6

Let ψ:[0,T[×Rx3×Rv3R be a sufficiently regular function and ZP. Then,

ZRv3ψdv|v|=Rv3Z^ψdv|v|,SRv3ψdv|v|=Rv3Sψdv|v|.

Proof

Let, for any Killing vector field ZP, Zw:=Z^-Z. We have,

ZRv3ψdv|v|=Rv3Z^ψ|v|dv-Rv3Zwψ|v|dv,SRv3ψdv|v|=Rv3Sψdv|v|.

It then remains to note that,

μψ|v|=μψ|v|,Ω^ijψ|v|=Ω^ijψ|v|,Ω^0kψ|v|=Ω^0kψ|v|-vk|v|2ψ.

and, by integration by parts in v,

Rv3vivj-vjviψ|v|dv=0,Rv3|v|vkψ|v|dv=-Rv3vk|v|2ψdv.

In order to treat the curved part of the metric as pure perturbation, we define the one form

w=-|v|dx0+v1dx1+v2dx2+v3dx3,|v|=|v1|2+|v2|2+|v3|2.

Using that wU=wμUμ=η(w,U) for any vector field U, we directly obtain

w0=-|v|,wL=w0+xirwi,wL_=w0-xirwi,||:=wAwA. 3.18

As [18], we introduce the set of weights

k0={wμ/0μ3}{xλwλ}{xiwj-xjwi/1i<j3}{twk+xkw0/1k3}

and we consider, as suggested by [10, Remark 2.3],

m:=(t2+r2)w0+2txiwi=(t+r)22wL+(t-r)22wL_. 3.19

All the above weights are obtained by contracting the current w with the conformal Killing vector fields of Minkowski spacetime. They are preserved along the flow of Tη and will be used in order to obtain strong improved decay estimates for the distribution function. In particular, m has to be compared with the Morawetz vector field (t+r)22L+(t-r)22L_ when used as a multiplier for the wave equation. Note that m0, so that we often work with |m|.

We now define z as an overall positive weight, by

z:=zk0z4|v|4+m2|v|214, 3.20

so that

zk0,|z||v|zand|m||v|z2. 3.21

Note also that Tη(z)=0 and moreover, since |w0||v|=1, zk0|z||v|(1+t+r) and |m||v|(1+t+r)2, we have

1z1+t+r. 3.22

The following lemma illustrates how the null components of w and the weight z interact.

Lemma 3.7

The following estimates hold:

|wL_|w0z2(1+|t-r|)2,|wL|w0z2(1+t+r)2,w0|wL|.

From which it follows that

||w0z1+t+rand1z1+|t-r|.

Proof

Since wL0 and wL_0, we have

1+|t+r|22|wL|+1+|t-r|22|wL_|=w0-(t+r)22wL-(t-r)22wL_=w0-mw0z2,

which proves the first two inequalities.

For the third inequality, we use the mass shell relation for the flat spacetime

0=ημνwμwν=-wLwL_+ηABwAwB,

from which it follows that

||2=ηABwAwB|wL||wL_|=|wL|w0-xirwi|wL|w0.

The fourth estimate then ensues from the third and the second one. For the last inequality, we use w0|wL_|+|wL||wL_|w0+|wL|w0 and then apply the first two inequalities.

The following Lemma illustrates the good interactions between the weights zk0, m and the vector fields Z^K^:

Lemma 3.8

For all μ0,3, 1i<j3 and k1,3, we have

|μ(z)|1,S(z)z,Ω^ij(z)z,Ω^0k(z)z.

Proof

Consider a vector field Y^=Yxμxμ+Yvivi and use (3.21) in order to get

Y^(z)=1z3Y^m|v|m2|v|+zk0Y^z|v|z3|v|3Y^m|v|z+zk0Y^z|v|. 3.23

A straightforward computation reveals that for all zk0, Z^P^0, there holds Z^(z)span{k0}, and consequently,

Z^z|v|z. 3.24

For the weight m, one can check that

t(m)=2xμwμ,i(m)=-2(xiw0-twi),S(m)=2m,Ω^ij(m)=0. 3.25

We then obtain the first three inequalities of the lemma by taking Y^=μ, S and Ω^ij in (3.23) and using (3.24)–(3.25). For the Lorentz boosts, we use the decomposition

Ω^0k=xkrxqrΩ^0q+xjrxjrΩ^0k-xkrΩ^0j. 3.26

Now, note that for 1k3,

Ω^0k(m)=2txkw0+2xkxiwi+(t2-r2)wk,Ω^0k1|v|=-wk|v|2. 3.27

We then deduce

xqrΩ^0q(m)=2trw0+2rxiwi+(t2-r2)xqrwq=2trw0+(t2+r2)xkrwk=m-m+2trw0+(t2+r2)xqrwq=m-(t-r)2w0+(t-r)2xqrwq,

so that, taking Y^=xqrΩ^0q in (3.23) and using (3.21), (3.24) as well as (1+|t-r|)z (see Lemma 3.7), we obtain

xqrΩ^0q(z)|m||v|z+(t-r)2z+zz. 3.28

We also obtain from (3.27) that

xjrΩ^0k(m)-xkrΩ^0j(m)=t2-r2r(xjwk-xkwj),=t2-r2txjr(twk-xkw0)-xkr(twj-xjw0). 3.29

Since |t-r|z and using that (xjwk-xkwj)k0 and (twi-xiw0)k0, we obtain from the last two equalities

xjrΩ^0k(m)-xkrΩ^0j(m)|t-r|t+rmax(t,r)zk0|z||v|z2.

Combining this last inequality with (3.23), applied with Y^=xjrΩ^0k-xkrΩ^0j, and (3.24), we get

xjrΩ^0k(z)-xkrΩ^0j(z)z. 3.30

The estimate |Ω^0k(z)|z then directly ensues from (3.26), (3.28) and (3.30).

Decomposition of v

In this subsection, we state the decompositions and estimates that will allow us to deal with error terms of the form xiϕviψ which appear in the commuted Vlasov equation (see Section 5), where ϕ is a function on M and ψ is a function on P. We start by introducing the notation

vψ:=v1ψx1+v2ψx2+v3ψx3.

The v derivatives are not part of the commutation vector fields and will be transformed using

vi=Ω^0i|v|-1|v|xit+txi, 3.31

so that, for ψ a sufficiently regular solution to the free relativistic massless transport equation wμμψ=0, |vψ| essentially behaves as (t+r)|t,xψ|. In the following lemma, we prove that the radial component

vψr=xirviψ

has a better behavior near the light cone.

Lemma 3.9

For the radial component of v the following estimates hold:

vψr1|v|Z^P^0Z^ψ+|t-r||v|t,xψ,vzrz|v|. 3.32

Let A denote a spherical frame field index. The angular part verifies the weaker estimates

vψA1|v|Z^P^0Z^ψ+t|v|t,xψ,vzAz+t|v|. 3.33

Proof

Since

xirvi=xir|v|Ω^0i-1|v|(rt+tr)=xir|v|Ω^0i-1|v|S+t-r|v|L_,

the assertion (3.32) follows by Lemma 3.8. For the first inequality of (3.33), recall that the vector field eA can be written as eA=CijAxirxj-xjrxi, where CijA are bounded functions of x, so that, using (3.31),

vψAi<jxirvjψ-xjrviψ1|v|Z^P^0Z^ψ+t|v|t,xψ.

The second inequality of (3.33) is obtained by applying the last estimate to ψ=z and using Lemma 3.8 again.

Similar to the case of the wave equation, we can then deduce that Lψ enjoys improved decay near the light cone. More precisely,

|Lψ||t-r|1+t+r|t,xψ|+11+t+rZ^P^0|Z^ψ|. 3.34

This can be obtained by combining the previous Lemma with the relation

(t+r)L=S+xirΩ0i=S+xirΩ^0i-|v|vψr.

The Energy Norms

We define here the energy norms both for the distribution function f and the metric perturbation h1. First, recall the definition (2.9) of the weight function ωab. Then, define, for all sufficiently regular function ψ:[0,T[×Rx3×Rv3R and symmetric (0, 2)-tensor field k,

Ea,b[ψ](t):=ΣtRv3ψ|v|dvωabdx+0tΣτRv3|ψ|1+|u||wL|dvωabdxdτ,EVWa,b[k](t):=ΣtkVW2ωabdx+0tΣτ¯kVW2ωab1+|u|dxdτ,E˚a,b[k](t):=Σtk21+t+rωabdx+0tΣτ¯k21+τ+rωab1+|u|dxdτ, 3.35

where V, W{U,T,L}. If V=W are equal to U, we omit the subscript UU. For a,bR+, an integer n0 and a real number 23n, we define the energies

En[ψ](t):=|I|nE18,18z-23IPZ^Iψ(t),E¯na,b[k](t):=|J|nEa,bLZJk(t)+Σt|LZJ(k)|2dx,E˚na,b[k](t):=|J|nE˚a,bLZJk(t),En,TUa,b[k](t):=|J|nETUa,bLZJk(t),En,LLa,b[k](t):=|J|nELLa,bLZJk(t). 3.36

Remark 3.10

During the proof of Theorem 2.1, as we will take 18 and since 1+|t-r|z according to Lemma 3.7, the energy norm En[f] will control ΣtRv3|Z^If|dvdx for any |I|n.

Functional Inequalities

We end this section with some functional inequalities, starting with the following Hardy type inequality, which essentially follows from a similar one of [30].

Lemma 3.11

Let k be a sufficiently regular symmetric (0, 2) tensor field defined on [0,T[×R3. Consider 0α2, b>1, a>-1, and V,W{L,T,U}. Then for all t[0,T[ it holds that

r=0+|k|VW2(1+t+r)α(1+|t-r|)2ωabr2drr=0+|k|VW2(1+t+r)αωabr2dr.

Proof

Let V,W{L,T,U} and (V,W)V×W. Then, applying the Hardy type inequality proved in [30, Appendix B, Lemma 13.1], we obtain

r=0+|kVW|2(1+t+r)α(1+|t-r|)2ωabr2drr=0+|r(kVW)|2(1+t+r)αωabr2dr.

Since rV=rW=0, we have |r(kVW)|=|r(k)VW| and the result follows from the definition of |k|VW.

The following technical result will be useful to prove boundedness for energy norm:

Lemma 3.12

Let C>0, κ¯>0, κ_>0 such that κ¯κ_ and g:[0,T[×R3R+ be a sufficiently regular function satisfying

t[0,T[,0tΣτgdxdτC(1+t)κ¯.

Then, there exists Cκ_κ¯C such that

t[0,T[,0tΣτg(τ,x)(1+τ)κ_dxdτCκ_κ¯(1+t)max(0,κ¯-κ_).

Proof

This follows from a integration by parts in the variable τ,

0tΣτg(τ,x)(1+τ)κ_dxdτ=0τΣsg(s,x)dxds(1+τ)κ_0t-0t-κ_(1+τ)κ_+10τΣsg(s,x)dxdsdτC(1+t)κ¯-κ_+C·κ_0τ(1+τ)κ¯-κ_-1dτC+C·κ_|κ¯-κ_|(1+t)max(0,κ¯-κ_).

Recall the decomposition (2.2), where χ is a smooth cutoff function such that χ=0 on ]-,14] and χ=1 on [12,+[. It will be useful to control the derivatives of the cut-off χrt+1 which is the content of the next lemma.

Lemma 3.13

For any ZJK|J| with |J|1, there exists a constant CJ>0 such that

ZJχrt+1CJ(1+t+r)JT11+t4r1+t2.

Proof

For any μ0,3, we have xα(xμ)=δμα and for any homogeneous vector field ZK, Z(xμ)=0 or there exists 0ν3 such that Z(xμ)=±xν. Hence, in view of support considerations, there exist two polynomials Pn1(t,x) and Pn2(1+t,r) of degree n1 and n2, such that

ZJχrt+1|Pn1(t,x)||Pn2(1+t,r)|114rt+112,n1-n2=-JT.

since 1+t+rr and 1+t+rt if 14rt+112, the result follows.

We will need the following, weighted version, of the Klainerman–Sobolev inequality.

Proposition 3.14

Let k be a sufficiently regular tensor field defined on [0,T[×R3. Then, for all (t,x)[0,T[×R3,

|k|(t,x)1(1+t+r)(1+|t-r|)12|ωab|12|J|2LZJ(k)ωabL2(Σt).

Proof

It is sufficient to prove the proposition for scalar functions ϕ since we can apply the inequality to each cartesian component of k and then use that

|J|2ZJ(k)|J|2LZJ(k).

Recall the classical Klainerman–Sobolev inequality

|ψ(t,x)|(1+t+r)-1(1+|t-r|)-12|J|2ZJψL2(Σt) 3.37

and that χ is a smooth cutoff function such that χ=0 on ]-,14] and χ=1 on [12,+[. Consider first (t,x)[0,T[×R3 such that |x|1+t4. Applying (3.37) to ψ(t,y)=ϕ(t,y)·1-χ|y|1+t gives, using the Leibniz formula and Lemma 3.13,

|ϕ|(t,x)(1+t)a/2(1+t+r)(1+|t-r|)12|J|2ZJϕ(t,y)·(1+t)-a/2L2|y|1+t2.

As (1+t)-aωab(t,y)(1+t)-a for all |y|1+t2, we obtain the result for the region considered. Consider now (t,x)[0,T[×R3 such that |x|1+t4 and let us introduce τ-:=(1+|t-r|2)12 for regularity issues. Applying the classical Klainerman–Sobolev inequality (3.37) to χ(r-t)τ-b2ϕ and χ(t-r+2)χ2r1+tτ--a2ϕ, we obtain, for all (t,x)[0,T[×R3,

|ωab|12|ϕ|(t,x)τ--a2χ(t-|x|+2)χ2|x|1+t|ϕ|(t,x)+τ-b2χ(|x|-t)|ϕ|(t,x)1(1+t+r)(1+|t-r|)12|J|2ΣtZJχ(t-r+2)χ2r1+tτ--a2ϕ2dx12+1(1+t+r)(1+|t-r|)12|J|2ΣtZJχ(r-t)τ-b2ϕ2dx12.

Note that

  • for K1, ZKχ2r1+t11+t8r1+t4, which can be obtained by following the proof of Lemma 3.13. In particular, we have r-1(1+t+r)-1 on the support of the two integrands on the right-hand side of the previous inequality.

  • t(t-r)=1, i(t-r)=-xir, Ωij(t-r)=0, Ω0k(t-r)=-xkr(t-r) and S(t-r)=t-r, so that
    |K|2,ZK(t-r)1+1r+tr|t-r|.
  • |χ(r-t)|+|χ(t-r+2)|2χL114r-t74, so that t-r is bounded on the support of χ(r-t) and χ(t-r+2),

  • χ(r-t)τ-b2+χ(t-r+2)τ--a22ωab,.

We then obtain

ΣtZJχ(t-r+2)χ2r1+tτ--a2ϕ2+ZJχ(r-t)τ-b2ϕ2dx|I|2ΣtZIϕ2ωabdx,

which implies the result.

Furthermore, we will need a slight improvement of the Klainerman–Sobolev inequality for massless Vlasov fields originally proved in [18].

Proposition 3.15

Let (a,b,c)R3 and f:[0,T[×R3×Rv3R be a sufficiently regular function. Then, for all (t,x)[0,T[×R3,

Rv3zc|f|(t,x,v)|v|dv1(1+t+r)2(1+|t-r|)ωab|I|3ΣtRv3zcZ^If|v|dvωabdx.

We point out that the constant hidden by depends linearly on (|a|+|b|+|c|+1)3.

Proof

As we do not have the inequality |Z^I(z)|z at our disposal if |I|2 and since ωab is not C3 class, one cannot apply a standard L1 Klainerman–Sobolev inequality for velocity averages to zcfωab and derive the result. In fact, one just have to slightly modify one step of its proof.

Remark that |Z^(ωab)|ωab for all Z^P^0 (this follows from |Z^(t-r)|1+|t-r|). Hence, since |Z^(zc)|zc according to Lemma 3.8, we obtain, applying Lemma 3.6,

Z^P^0,ZRv3zc|f||v|ωabdvRv3zc|f||v|ωabdv+Rv3zc|Z^f||v|ωabdv. 3.38

Following the proof of [9, Proposition 3.6], with f formally replaced by zc|v|fωab, and using (3.38) instead of Lemma 3.6, each time where this lemma is applied in [9, Proposition 3.6], we get the result.

Preliminary Analysis for the Study of the Metric Coefficients

In this section, we recall standard analytical properties of the metric coefficients in wave coordinates, independently of the Vlasov field. Most of the material of this section can be found in either [30] or [31]. In order to be self-contained, we present here not only the statements but also detailed proofs.

We fix, for all Sections 4, 5 and 6, a sufficiently regular metric g and its decomposition as

g=η+h=η+h0+h1,wherehμν0=χr1+tMrδμν,g-1=η-1+H. 4.1

We assume that g is defined on [0,T[×R3, satisfies the wave gauge condition (3.3) and verifies the following regularity conditions. For an integer N6 and 0<ε14 small enough, Mε and

t[0,T[,|J|N,LZJ(h)L2(Σt),|J|N-3,LZJ(h)Lt,xε. 4.2

These conditions, which will be verified during the proof of Theorem 2.1 for N6 (see the bootstrap assumption (9.5) and the decay estimates of Propositions 10.1 and 10.2) and ε>0, ensure that all the quantities considered in the next three sections are well-defined. In particular, the series of functions appearing below will be convergent in L2(Σt).

Let us start by estimating pointwise the Schwarzschild part and its derivatives.

Proposition 4.1

For all ZJK|J|, there exists CJ>0 such that for all (t,x)R+×R3,

|LZJ(h0)|(t,x)CJM1+t+rand|LZJ(h0)|(t,x)CJM(1+t+r)2. 4.3

Proof

Let ZJ0K|J0| and recall that hμν0=χ(rt+1)Mrδμν. Recall also that J0T (respectively J0P) is the number of translations (respectively homogeneous vector fields) composing ZJ0. By the Leibniz rule we have,

graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ58_HTML.gif 4.4

By Lemma 3.13 and a straightforward computation, we have

ZQχrt+1CQ114rt+112(1+t+r)QT,ZK1r|PKP(t,r,xr)|r|K|+1, 4.5

where PKP(t,r,xr) is a certain polynomial in (t,r,xr) which has degree KP in (tr). Applying this to ZJ0=ZJ and using that 1+t+rr on the support of h0 as well as 1+t+rt+1 if 14rt+112, we obtain the first estimate. For the second one, note that

LZJ(h0)0μ3LμLZJ(h0)

and apply (4.4) and (4.5) to ZJ0=μZJ for all μ0,3.

Difference Between H and h

In this subsection, we study the difference between Hμν:=gμν-ημν and hμν:=hαβηαμηβν.

For this, let us define

H1μν:=gμν-ημν+(h0)μν,

so that

gμν=(ημν+hμν0+hμν1)-1ημν-(h0)μν+H1μν.

Using the expansion in Taylor series of the inverse matrix function, we then obtain

Hμν=-ημαhαβηβν+Oμν(|h|2)=-hμν+Oμν(|h|2),H1μν=-ημαhαβ1ηβν+Oμν(|h|2)=-(h1)μν+Oμν(|h|2),whereOμν(|h|2)=n=2+(-1)nημαhαβ1i=2n(ηβi-1αhαβi)ηβnν=n=2+(-1)nhμβ1i=2n(hβi-1βi)ηβnν.

The goal now is to compare H with h and H1 with h1. In order to unify the treatment of these two cases, we consider (H,h){(H1,h1),(H,h)}. Recall now, as the elements of K\{S} are Killing vector fields and since S is a conformal Killing vector field of factor 2, that, when acting on the contravariant tensor ημν,

ZK,LZ(η-1)μν=-2δZSημν. 4.6

As the Lie derivative commutes with contraction, this implies

ZK,LZ(h¯)μν=ημαLZ(h)αβηβν-4δZSημαhαβηβν,h¯μν:=ημαhαβηβν.

Iterating the previous arguments, we then obtain

ZJK|J|,CMJZ,LZJ(h¯)μν=LZJ(h)μν+|M|<|J|CMJLZM(h)μν, 4.7
LZJ(h¯)μν=LZJ(h)μν+|M|<|J|CMJLZM(h)μν, 4.8
¯LZJ(h¯)μν=¯LZJ(h)μν+|M|<|J|CMJ¯LZM(h)μν. 4.9

Moreover, using (4.6), we also obtain that

LZJ(O(|h|2))=n=2+(-1)n|J1|+...+|Jn||J|CJ1,...,JnJημαLZJ1(h)αβ1i=2n(ηβi-1αLZJ1(h)αβi)ηβnν, 4.10

where CJ1,...,JnJZ. Consequently, since we have |LZK(h)|12 for all |K|N-3 by the condition (4.2), it holds that

|J|N,LZJ(O(|h|2))|J1|+|J2||J|LZJ1(h)LZJ2(h).

Similarly, one can prove that

|J|N,LZJ(O(|h|2))|J1|+|J2||J|LZJ1(h)LZJ2(h),¯LZJ(O(|h|2))|J1|+|J2||J|LZJ1(h)¯LZJ2(h).

We then immediately obtain

Proposition 4.2

Let N6, assume that (4.2) holds and consider (H,h){(H1,h1),(H,h)}. Then, for all |J|N and (U,V)U2, we have

LZJ(H)UV-LZJ(h)UV|M|<|J|LZM(h)UV+|J1|+|J2||J|LZJ1(h)LZJ2(h),LZJ(H)UV-LZJ(h)UV|M|<|J|LZM(h)UV+|J1|+|J2||J|LZJ1(h)LZJ2(h),¯LZJ(H)UV-¯LZJ(h)UV|M|<|J|¯LZM(h)UV+|J1|+|J2||J|LZJ1(h)¯LZJ2(h).

Here LZJ(H)UV=LZJ(H)αβηαγηβρUγVρ.

Remark 4.3

More precise inequalities will be required during the proof of Proposition 5.14 in the case where ZJ contains at least one translation, that is JT1. Since MT=JT in the sums on the right-hand sides of (4.7)–(4.9) and that 1inJiT=JT in the one of (4.10), we have

graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ766_HTML.gif

Wave Gauge Condition

Using the wave gauge condition, one can estimate the bad derivative L_ of good components LT of the metric by good derivatives of the metric and cubic terms. We emphasize that the result also holds for LZJ(H) since, crucially, we are differentiating the metric geometrically.

Proposition 4.4

Let N6 be such that (4.2) holds and assume that the wave gauge condition is satisfied. Then, for all |I|N, we have

LZI(h)LT¯LZI(h)TU+|J|+|K||I|LZJhLZKh, 4.11
LZI(h1)LT¯LZI(h1)TU+|J|+|K||I|LZJhLZKh+M11+t4r1+t2(1+t+r)2. 4.12

Remark 4.5

From the wave gauge condition, one can also derive

LZI(H)LT¯LZI(H)TU+|J|+|K||I|LZJHLZKH.

It can be obtained by expressing (4.14) in terms of H instead of h and by following the rest of the upcoming proof. Note that a slightly weaker estimate could be obtained by combining Propositions 4.2 and 4.4 .

Proof

Remark first that we only need to prove these inequalities for L_LZI(h)LT and L_LZI(h1)LT since ¯=(L,e1,e2). In order to lighten the notations, we will use Oμν(|h|2) in order to denote a tensor field of the form

Oμν(|h|2)=n=2+Pn(h)μν,

where

  • Pn(h)μν is a polynomial in the variables (hαβ)0α,β3 of degree n.

  • For all |J|N, n=2+LZJPn(h) and n=2+LZJPn(h) are absolutely convergent in L2(Σt) and we have
    |J|N,LZJO(|h|2)|J1|+|J2||J|LZJ1(h)LZJ2(h). 4.13
    This will be implied by the fact that g satisfies the condition (4.2).
  • The tensor field Oμν(|h|2) can be different from one line to another.

Recall from (3.3) that the wave gauge condition implies

μgμν|detg|=0,ν0,3.

Expanding the determinant of g (the first order term is the trace), we have

detg=-1-tr(h)+P(|h|2),

where P(|h|2) is a polynomial in the variables (hαβ)0α,β3 of degree at most 4 and of valuation at least 2. Hence, using Hμν=-hμν+Oμν(|h|2) and the expansion in Taylor series of the square root function, we get11

μh-12tr(h)η+O(|h|2)μν=0,ν0,3. 4.14

Now, observe by a straightforward calculation that for a general tensor field Fμν, we have

LZ(μ(F)μνdxν)=μ(LZF)μνdxν-2δZSμ(F)μνdxν, 4.15

As LZ(η)=2δZSη, LZ(η-1)=-2δZSη-1 for all ZK and since the Lie derivative commutes with contractions,

ZK,LZtr(h)η=LZηαβhαβη=trLZhη. 4.16

The identities (4.14), (4.15) and (4.16) yield, by an easy induction, to

|I|N,μLZI(h)-12tr(LZIh)η+LZIO(|h|2)μν=0. 4.17

For a vector field U and a tensor field Fμν, there holds the formula

~gLZh1-LZ~gh1 4.18
=-LZ(H)αβαβh1-2δZSHαβαβh1+2δZS~g(h1). 4.19

Applying this identity to U=TT, F=LZI(h) and then F=tr(LZIh)η, one has, since ηLT=0,

μ(LZIh)μT=-12L_LZIhLT-12LLZIhL_T+ALZIhAT, 4.20
μ(tr(LZIh)η)μT=-12Ltr(LZIh)ηL_T+Atr(LZIh)ηAT. 4.21

Combining (4.17) with (4.13), (4.20) and (4.21), we obtain

L_LZI(h)LT¯LZIhTU+¯tr(LZIh)+|J|+|K||I|LZJhLZKh. 4.22

The first estimate (4.11) then follows from

¯tr(LZIh)=tr(¯LZIh)=ημν¯LZI(h)μν=-¯LZI(h)LL_+¯LZI(h)AA+¯LZI(h)BB.

We now turn to the second one.

Note first that

(h0)μν-12tr(h0)ημν=χr1+tMr(δμν-ημν),

since

hμν0=χr1+tMrδμν.

As h=h0+h1 and δμν-ημν=2δ0μδ0ν, the condition (4.14) leads to

μh1-12tr(h1)η+O(|h|2)μν+2M(1+t)2χr1+tδ0ν=0,ν0,3.

As the support of χ is included in [14,12], we obtain, since ZJ is a combination of translations and homogeneous vector fields,12

|J|N,LZJ2M(1+t)2χr1+tdtM11+t4r1+t2(1+t+r)2.

Using (4.15) and (4.16), we then get for all |J|N and ν0,3,

μLZJh1-12tr(LZJh1)η+LZJO(|h|2)μνM11+t4r1+t2(1+t+r)2. 4.23

Since (4.20) and (4.21) also hold if h is replaced by h1, the inequality (4.12) ensues from (4.13) and (4.23).

Commutation Formula for the Einstein Equations

In this section, we compute the source terms of the wave equation satisfied by the cartesian components of LZJ(h1). In order to do it in a geometric way, we define, for any sufficiently regular (0, 2)-tensor field k, the (0, 2)-tensor field ~g(k) whose components in wave coordinates satisfy

~g(k)μν:=~g(kμν)=gαβαβ(kμν)=gαβαβ(kμν)=gαβαβkμν,

since is the covariant differentiation of Minkowski spacetime whose Christoffel symbols vanish in the coordinates system (tx). Our goal now is to compute, for any ZJK|J|, ~g(LZJh1). The first step consist in determining the commutator ~g(LZJh1)-LZJ(~gh1) and then we will describe LZJ(~gh1). We start by the following technical result.

Lemma 4.6

Let K be a (2, 0)-tensor field and k a (0, 2)-tensor field, both sufficiently regular. Then, for all ZK, we have

LZKαβαβk=LZKαβαβk+KαβαβLZ(k).

Proof

We will use here that Kαβαβk is obtained by contracting K with the (0, 4)-tensor field k. Since the Lie derivative commute with contraction, we have for any 0μ,ν3 and for all ZK,

LZKαβαβkμν=LZKαβ(k)αβμν+KαβLZkαβμν.

It then remains to apply Lemma 3.4, which gives LZkαβμν=LZkαβμν=αβLZ(k)μν.

We are now able to compute the commutator.

Corollary 4.7

For all ZK, we have

~gLZh1-LZ~gh1=-LZ(H)αβαβh1-2δZSHαβαβh1+2δZS~g(h1).

For all multi-index |I|N, there exist integers C~KI, C_J,KIZ such that

~gLZIh1-LZI~gh1=|J|+|K||I||K|<|I|C_J,KILZJ(H)αβαβLZK(h1)+C~KI~gLZKh1.

Proof

Let ZK and recall that ~g(h1)=gαββαh1. Then, applying Lemma 4.6, we get

LZ~gh1=LZ(g-1)αβαβh1+gαβαβLZ(h1)=LZ(g-1)αβαβh1+~gLZh1.

It only remains to use g-1=η-1+H and LZ(η-1)=-2δZSη-1, so that

LZ(g-1)αβαβh1=-2δZSηαβαβh1+LZ(H)αβαβh1=-2δZS~g(h1)+2δZSHαβαβh1+LZ(H)αβαβh1.

For the higher order commutation formula, we proceed by induction on |I| (note that the result is straightforward if |I|=0). Let nN and assume that the result holds for all multi-indices |I0|=n. We then consider a multi-index I of length n+1 and we introduce ZK and |I0|=n such that ZI=ZZI0. Then,

~gLZIh1-LZI~gh1=~gLZLZI0h1-LZ~gLZI0h1+LZ~gLZI0h1-LZI0~gh1.

According to the first order commutation formula applied to LZI0h1,

~gLZLZI0h1-LZ~gLZI0h1=-LZ(H)αβαβLZI0(h1)-2δZSHαβαβLZI0(h1)+2δZS~gLZI0h1.

All the terms on the right-hand side of this equality have the required form since |I0|<|I|. Using the induction hypothesis, we can write LZ(~gLZI0h1-LZI0~gh1) as linear combination of terms of the form

LZLZJ(H)αβαβLZK(h1),|J|+|K||I0|,LZ~gLZKh1,|K|<|I0|.

It remains to apply Lemma 4.6 in order to deal with the first ones and the first order commutation formula for the last ones (note that |J|+|K|+1|I0|+1=|I| and |K|+1<|I|).

We now focus on LZJ~gh1.

Lemma 4.8

Let k and q be two sufficiently regular (0, 2)-tensor fields. Then, for all ZK,

LZP(k,q)μν=P(μLZk,νq)+P(μk,νLZq)-4δZSP(μk,νq),LZQ(k,q)μν=Qμν(LZk,q)+Qμν(k,LZq)-4δZSQμν(k,q).

Iterating these relations, we obtain that for all |I|N, there exist integers C^J,KI such that

LZJP(k,q)μν=|J|+|K||I|C^J,KIP(μLZJk,νLZKq),LZJQ(k,q)μν=|J|+|K||I|C^J,KIQμν(LZJk,LZKq).

Proof

This directly follows from the definition of P(k,q) and Q(k,q) (3.5) and (3.6) as well as Lemma 3.5.

We then deduce the commutation formula for the Einstein equations (3.4a).

Proposition 4.9

Let ZIK|I| with |I|N. Then, there exists integers CJ,KI and C¯J,KI such that, for any (μ,ν)0,32,

~gLZI(h1)μν=|J|+|K||I||K|<|I|CJ,KILZJ(H)αβαβLZK(h1)+|J|+|K||I|C¯J,KIP(μLZJk,νLZKq)+C¯J,KIQμν(LZJk,LZKq)+|J||I|LZJG(h)(h,h)μν-LZJ~gh0μν-2LZJT[f]μν.

The derivatives of T[f] and ~gh0 will be computed in Section 6 and Proposition 11.2. For the cubic terms, we have under the assumption (4.2),

LZIG(h)(h,h)|J1|+|J2|+|J3||I|LZJ1hLZJ2hLZJ3h.

Proof

The commutation formula for the Einstein equations (3.4a) follows from an induction on |I| relying on Corollary 4.7 and Lemma 4.8. For the estimate for the cubic terms, we obtain from (3.7) and the definition of the Lie derivative (3.8) that LZIG(h)(h,h)μν can be bounded by a linear combination of terms of the form

1+ZJ0Hα0β0ZJ1Hα1β1ZJ2ξ2hλ2κ2ZJ3ξ3hλ3κ3,

where all the multi-indices are in 0,3 and |J0|+|J1|+|J2|+|J3||I|. Note now, using (3.9) and Lemma 3.4 that

ZJiHαiβiZJiH|Ki||Ji|LZKiH,ZJjξjhλjκjZJjh|Kj||Jj|LZKjh=|Kj||Jj|LZKjh.

Finally, without loss of generality, we can assume that |J0|N-3, so that, using Proposition 4.2 and the assumption (4.2), ZJ0Hα0β01. This concludes the proof.

Commutation of the Vlasov Equation

The purpose of this section is to compute the commutator [Tg,Z^I], for Z^IP^0|I|. The commutation formula obtained here is more geometric than the one used in [17]. In the spirit of [9] for the Vlasov–Maxwell system (see in particular Subsection 2.5), we express the error terms using Lie derivatives of the metric instead of derivatives of its Cartesian components. We recall the notations

(w0,w1,w2,w3)=(-|v|,v1,v2,v3),|v|=v12+v22+v32Δv:=v0-w0=v0+|v|,Tg:=vμgμνν-12vαvβigαβvi,

and we consider for all this section a sufficiently regular symmetric tensor field Hμν and a sufficiently regular function ψ:[0,T[×Rx3×Rv3R. We define the vertical parts Sw and Zw, for ZP a Killing, respectively conformal Killing, vector field, by

Sw:=0andZw:=Z^-Z.

For instance, Ω01w=-w0v1. Recall also that, in order to simplify the presentation of the commutation formula, we use the following convention. For any Z^P^0, if Z^S, then we denote by Z the Killing vector field which has Z^ as its complete lift and if Z^=S, then we set Z=S. Finally, we extend the Kronecker symbol to vector fields (XY), that is δXY=1 if X=Y and δXY=0 otherwise.

Geometric Notations

In order to clearly identify the structure of the error terms in the commuted equations, let us rewrite the two parts composing the operator Tg. For this, we will denote the differential in the spacetime variables (tx) of ψ by dψ and we recall that H denotes the covariant derivative of H with respect to the Minkowski metric. We then have

dψ:=μψdxμ,v=vμdxμ,H=xλHμνdxλxμxν.

With these notations,

vμHμννψ=H(v,dψ), 5.1
vαvβiHαβviψ=i(H)(v,v)·viψ, 5.2
vαvβμHαβvμv0=μ(H)(v,v)·vμv0. 5.3

Similar identities hold if v is replaced by w=wμdxμ. Note that the transport operator can then be rewritten as

Tg(ψ)=T~g(ψ)-12i(H)(v,v)·viψ, 5.4

with

T~g(ψ):=g-1(v,dψ)=Tη(ψ)-Δvtψ+H(v,dψ) 5.5

and where Tη=|v|t+viiψ=wμμ is the massless relativistic transport operator with respect to the Minkowski metric. Let us mention that the quantity (5.3) will appear as an error term in the commutator [Tg,Ω^0k]. We now prove a technical lemma which contains useful identities.

Lemma 5.1

Let θ=θμdxμ and θ¯=θ¯μdxμ be two 1-forms and Z^P^0. Then,

H(LZ(w),θ)+H(Zw(w),θ)=δZ^SH(w,θ), 5.6
LZ(iH)(θ,θ¯)·viψ+i(H)(θ,θ¯)·Z^viψ=iLZ(H)(θ,θ¯)·viψ+i(H)(θ,θ¯)·viZ^ψ-δZ^Si(H)(θ,θ¯)·viψ+δZ^Ω^0kμ(H)(θ,θ¯)·wμw0vkψ, 5.7
LZ(μH)(θ,θ¯)·wμw0+μ(H)(θ,θ¯)·Z^wμw0=μLZ(H)(θ,θ¯)·wμw0-δZ^Sμ(H)(θ,θ¯)·wμw0+δZ^Ω^0kwkw0μ(H)(θ,θ¯)·wμw0. 5.8

Proof

As the Cartesian components of w do not depend on (tx), we have LZ(w)=wμνZμdxν. We then deduce

Lν(w)=0,νw(w)=0, 5.9
LS(w)=w,Sw(w)=0, 5.10
LΩij(w)=-widxj+wjdxi,Ωijw(w)=widxj-wjdxi, 5.11
LΩ0k(w)=w0dxk+wkdt,Ω0kw(w)=-wkdt-w0dxk, 5.12

and then that

H(LZ(w),θ)+H(Zw(w),θ)=δZ^SH(w,θ).

In order to compute (5.7) and (5.8), let us introduce

RZ:=LZ(iH)(θ,θ¯)·viψ+i(H)(θ,θ¯)·Z^viψ,QZ:=LZ(μH)(θ,θ¯)·wμw0+μ(H)(θ,θ¯)·Z^wμw0

and remark, since i=Li and μ=ημλLλ, that

[LZ,i]=[Z,i]and[LZ,μ]=ημλ[Z,λ].

Note now that [ν,λ]=[ν,vi]=0 and νwμw0=0 implies

Rν=iLν(H)(θ,θ¯)·viψ+i(H)(θ,θ¯)·viνψ,Qν=μLν(H)(θ,θ¯)·wμw0.

Since [S,λ]=-λ, [S,vi]=0 and Swwμw0=0, we have

RS=iLS(H)(θ,θ¯)·viψ+i(H)(θ,θ¯)·viSψ-i(H)(θ,θ¯)·viψ,QS=μLS(H)(θ,θ¯)·wμw0-μ(H)(θ,θ¯)·wμw0.

As [Ωkl,λ]=-δλkl+δλlk, [Ω^kl,vi]=-δikvl+δilvk and Ω^klwμw0=δμlwkw0-δμkwlw0, one gets

RΩkl=iLΩkl(H)(θ,θ¯)·viψ+i(H)(θ,θ¯)·viΩ^klψ,QΩkl=μLΩkl(H)(θ,θ¯)·wμw0.

Using [Ω0k,λ]=-δλkt-δλ0k, [Ω^0k,vi]=wiw0vk, Ω^0kw0w0=0 and Ω^0kwjw0=-δjk+wjwk(w0)2, we obtain

RΩ0k=iLΩ0k(H)(θ,θ¯)·viψ+i(H)(θ,θ¯)·viΩ^0kψ+μ(H)(θ,θ¯)·wμw0vkψ,QΩ0k=μLΩ0k(H)(θ,θ¯)·wμw0+wkw0μ(H)(θ,θ¯)·wμw0.

Commutation Formula for T~g

We start by deriving a commutation formula for the first part T~g of the transport operator. To this end, we first decompose it as

T~g(ψ)=Tη(ψ)+Δvg-1(dt,dψ)+H(w,dψ).

The following lemma is a prerequisite for Lemma 5.3.

Lemma 5.2

Let Z^P^0 and 0μ3. Then,

Z^H(w,dψ)=H(w,dZ^ψ)+LZ(H)(w,dψ)+δZ^SH(w,dψ),Z^H(dxμ,dψ)=H(dxμ,dZ^ψ)+LZ(H)(dxμ,dψ)+ν(Zμ)H(dxν,dψ).

Proof

We have, as Zw:=Z^-Z,

Z^H(w,dψ)=LZ(H)(w,dψ)+H(LZ(w),dψ)+H(w,LZ(dψ))+H(Zw(w),dψ)+H(w,Zw(dψ)).

Applying the identity (5.6) of Lemma 5.1, we get

H(LZ(w),dψ)+H(Zw(w),dψ)=δZ^SH(w,dψ).

We also have, since LZ(dψ)=dLZ(ψ), that

Lν(dψ)+νw(dψ)=d(νψ), 5.13
LS(dψ)+Sw(dψ)=d(Sψ), 5.14
LΩij(dψ)+Ωijw(dψ)=d(Ω^ijψ), 5.15
LΩ0k(dψ)+Ω0kw(dψ)=d(Ω^0kψ), 5.16

which leads in particular to

H(w,LZ(dψ))+H(w,Zw(dψ))=H(w,dZ^ψ)

and then concludes the first part of the proof. The second formula follows from

Z^H(dxμ,dψ)=LZ(H)(dxμ,dψ)+H(LZ(dxμ),dψ)+H(dxμ,LZ(dψ))+H(dxμ,Zw(dψ)),

the equalities (5.13)–(5.16) and LZ(dxμ)=νZμdxν.

We then derive the commutation formula for the operator T~g.

Lemma 5.3

Let Z^P^0. Then,

[T~g,Z^](ψ)=-LZ(H)(w,dψ)-ΔvLZ(g-1)(dt,dψ)-Z^(Δv)g-1(dt,dψ)+δZ^ST~g(ψ)-2δZ^SH(w,dψ)-2δZ^SΔvg-1(dt,dψ)-δΩ^0kZ^Δvg-1(dxk,dψ).

If Z^IP^0|I|, there exists integers CQI, CJ,KI and Cμ,J1,J2,KI such that

graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ767_HTML.gif

where the multi-indices J, J1, J2 and K in the last two sums satisfy one of the following two conditions,

  1. either KP<IP,

  2. or KP=IP and JT1, J1T+J2T1.

Remark 5.4

Combining the first order commutation formula with the identity (5.20), written below, one can check that Z^K and Z^Q (respectively ZJ, ZJ2 and Z^J1) is built by at most |I|-1 (respectively at most |J|, at most |J2| and at most |J1|) of the vector fields composing Z^I, so that KPIP and QPIP. If KP=IP, this means that there is at least one translation in Z^I which is part of ZJ and either ZJ2 or Z^J1, that is JT1 and J1T+J2T1.

Proof

Let Z^P0 and recall from Subsection 3.5 that

[Tη,Z^]=δZ^STη. 5.17

Applying the first equality of Lemma 5.2 to H=H and the second one to H=g-1 and μ=0, we get

Z^H(w,dψ)=H(w,dZ^ψ)+LZ(H)(w,dψ)+δZ^SH(w,dψ),Z^Δvg-1(dt,dψ)=Δvg-1(dt,dZ^ψ)+Z^Δvg-1(dt,dψ)+ΔvLZ(g-1)(dt,dψ) 5.18
+ΔvδZ^Sg-1(dt,dψ)+ΔvδΩ^0kZ^g-1(dxk,dψ). 5.19

The first order commutation formula directly follows from (5.17), (5.18) and (5.19). The higher order formula can be proved similarly by performing an induction on |I|, using

[T~g,Z^Z^I]=[T~g,Z^]Z^I+Z^[T~g,Z^I] 5.20

and applying the first equality (respectively the second equality) of Lemma 5.2 to Z^Kψ and H=LZJ(H) (respectively H=LZJ2(g-1) ), for well-chosen multi-indices J, J2 and K.

Remark 5.5

Expressing the error terms in the commutation formula using v instead of w, we find, since LZ(η-1)=-2δSZη-1,

[T~g,Z^](ψ)=δZ^ST~g(ψ)-LZ(H)(v,dψ)-Z^(Δv)g-1(dt,dψ)-2δZ^SH(v,dψ)-δΩ^0kZ^Δvg-1(dxk,dψ).

Commutation Formula for the Transport Operator

In view of Lemma 5.3 it remains to study the action of Z^I on the term

-12i(H)(v,v)·viψ=-12i(H)(w,w)·viψ-12|Δv|2i(H)00·viψ-Δvi(H)(dt,w)·viψ.

The following identities will then be useful in order to determine [Tg,Z^I]:

Lemma 5.6

Let Z^P^0 and (μ,ν)0,32. We have,

Z^i(H)(w,w)·viψ=i(H)(w,w)·viZ^ψ+iLZ(H)(w,w)·viψ+δZ^Si(H)(w,w)·viψ+δZ^Ω^0kλ(H)(w,w)·wλw0vkψ, 5.21
Z^i(H)μν·viψ=i(H)(dxμ,dxν)·viZ^ψ+iLZ(H)(dxμ,dxν)·viψ+λZμi(H)(dxλ,dxν)·viψ+λZνi(H)(dxμ,dxλ)·viψ-δZ^Si(H)(dxμ,dxν)·viψ+δZ^Ω^0kλ(H)(dxμ,dxν)·wλw0vkψ, 5.22
Z^i(H)(dxμ,w)·viψ=iLZ(H)(dxμ,w)·viψ+i(H)(dxμ,w)·viZ^ψ+λZμi(H)(dxλ,w)·viψ+δZ^Ω^0kλ(H)(dxμ,w)·wλw0vkψ. 5.23

Proof

We have, using again the notation Zw=Z^-Z,

Z^i(H)(w,w)·viψ=LZ(iH)(w,w)·viψ+2i(H)(LZ(w),w)·viψ+2i(H)(Zw(w),w)·viψ+i(H)(w,w)·Z^viψ.

The first equality (5.21) then follows from identities (5.6) and (5.7) of Lemma 5.1. In order to get the second formula (5.22), notice, as i(H)μνviψ=i(H)(dxμ,dxν)viψ, that

Z^i(H)μνviψ=i(H)(dxμ,dxν)Z^viψ+LZ(iH)(dxμ,dxν)viψ+i(H)(LZ(dxμ),dxν)viψ+i(H)(dxμ,LZ(dxν))viψ.

It then remains to use LZ(dxα)=λZαdxλ and apply (5.7). Similarly, we have

Z^i(H)(dxμ,w)viψ=i(H)(dxμ,w)Z^viψ+LZ(iH)(dxμ,w)viψ+i(H)(LZ(dxμ),w)viψ+i(H)(dxμ,LZ(w))viψ+i(H)(dxμ,Zw(w))viψ

and the third identity (5.23) then ensues from (5.6) and (5.7).

We are now able to compute the first order commutation formula. In fact we will state it in two different ways. The second one has the advantage of being more concise whereas the first one will be more adapted to the problem studied in this paper and for the purpose of deriving the higher order formula.

Proposition 5.7

Let Z^P^0. Then,

[Tg,Z^](ψ)=-LZ(H)(w,dψ)-ΔvLZ(g-1)(dt,dψ)-Z^(Δv)g-1(dt,dψ)+12iLZ(H)(w,w)·viψ+|Δv|22iLZ(H)00·viψ+ΔviLZ(H)(dt,w)·viψ+ΔvZ^(Δv)iLZ(H)00·viψ+Z^(Δv)i(H)(dt,w)·viψ+δZ^S(Tg(ψ)-2H(w,dψ))+δZ^S(i(H)(w,w)·viψ-2Δvg-1(dt,dψ))+δZ^S(|Δv|2i(H)00·viψ+2Δvi(H)(dt,w)·viψ)+δZ^Ω^0k-Δvg-1(dxk,dψ)+12μH(w,w)·wμw0vkψ+δZ^Ω^0kΔviH(dxk,w)·viψ+ΔviHk0·viψ+δZ^Ω^0kΔvμH(dt,w)·wμw0vkψ+Δv2μH00·wμw0vkψ.

Alternatively, expressing the error terms using v instead of w, we get

[Tg,Z^](ψ)=-LZ(H)(v,dψ)+12iLZ(H)(v,v)·viψ-Z^(Δv)g-1(dt,dψ)+Z^(Δv)i(H)(dt,v)·viψ+12δZ^Ω^0kμH(v,v)·vμv0vkψ+δZ^STg(ψ)-2H(v,dψ)+i(H)(v,v)·viψ-δZ^Ω^0kΔvg(dxk,dψ)-iH(dxk,v)·viψ-δZ^Ω^0kΔv2|v|i(H)(v,v)·viv0vkψ.

Proof

The first commutation formula follows from Lemma 5.3 and Lemma 5.6 applied to H=H and (μ,ν)=(0,0). The second formula can be obtained from the first one using that v=w+Δvdt and

μH(v,v)·wμw0=μH(v,v)·vμv0-1v0-1w0iH(v,v)·vi=μH(v,v)·vμv0-Δv|v|iH(v,v)·viv0,

since w0=-|v| and Δv=v0-w0.

Remark 5.8

Even if the second commutation formula might seem to be more convenient, we will work with the first one for two reasons.

  • The second and higher order formulas are not more concise when expressed in terms of v instead of w.

  • Working with w instead of v is more adapted to our method since no inequality analogous to |wL|w0z2(1+t+r)2 holds for the component vL. Indeed, according to Lemma 5.12 proved below and |||v||wL| (see Lemma 3.7), we have, if g satisfies (4.2) and for ε small enough,
    |vL-wL|=|Δv|1|v||H(w,w)||wL||H|+|v||wL||H|LT+|v||HLL|.
    Although we will have, during the proof of Theorem 2.1, |wL||H|+|v||wL||H|LT|v|z2(1+t+r)2, the term |v||HLL| will not behave sufficiently well near the light cone. Because of the Schwarzschild part, |HLL| cannot decay faster than (1+t+r)-1 and no decay can be extracted from the weight z if tr without a good component of the flat velocity vector wL or .

Due to the new error terms generated by the Lorentz boosts, the following additional identities are required in order to compute the higher order commutation formula.

Lemma 5.9

Let Z^P^0, (λ,ν)0,32 and q1,3. Then,

Z^μ(H)(w,w)·wμw0vqψ=μ(H)(w,w)·wμw0vqZ^ψ+μLZ(H)(w,w)·wμw0vqψ+CZ^,kq(w)μ(H)(w,w)·wμw0vkψ,Z^μ(H)λν·wμw0vqψ=μ(H)λν·wμw0vqZ^ψ+μLZ(H)λν·wμw0vqψ+CZ^,k,α,βq,λ,ν(w)μ(H)αβ·wμw0vkψ,Z^μ(H)(dxλ,w)·wμw0vqψ=μ(H)(dxλ,w)·wμw0vqZ^ψ+μLZ(H)(dxλ,w)·wμw0vqψ+CZ^,k,αq,λ(w)μ(H)(dxα,w)·wμw0vkψ,

where the functions CZ^,kq(w), CZ^,k,α,βq,λ,ν(w) and CZ^,k,αq,λ(w) are linear combinations of elements of {wμw0/0μ3}.

Proof

Note first that

Z^μ(H)(w,w)·wμw0=LZ(μH)(w,w)·wμw0+2μ(H)(LZ(w),w)·wμw0+μ(H)(w,w)·Zwwμw0+2μ(H)(Zw(w),w)·wμw0,Z^μ(H)λν·wμw0=μ(H)λν·Zwwμw0+LZ(μH)(dxλ,dxν)·wμw0+μ(H)(LZ(dxλ),dxν)·wμw0+μ(H)(dxλ,LZ(dxν))·wμw0,Z^μ(H)(dxλ,w)·wμw0=μ(H)(dxλ,w)·Zwwμw0+LZ(μH)(dxλ,w)·wμw0+μ(H)(LZ(dxλ),w)·wμw0+μ(H)dxλ,LZ(w)+Zw(w)·wμw0.

Then use the identities (5.6) and (5.8) of Lemma 5.1, LZ(dxλ)=αZλdxα and, in order to deal with Z^vqf,

[ν,vq]=[S,vq]=0,[Ω^kl,vq]=-δqkvl+δqlvk,[Ω^0k,vq]=wqw0vkf.

We are now ready to describe the error terms of the higher order commutator [Tg,Z^I] in full detail.

Proposition 5.10

Let Z^IP^0|I|. Then, [Tg,Z^I](ψ) can be written as a linear combination with polynomial coefficients in wξw0, 0ξ3, of the following terms,

Z^I0Tg(ψ),|I0||I|-1,I0PIP-1, 5.24
LZJ(H)(w,dZ^Kψ), 5.25
iLZJH(w,w)·viZ^Kψ, 5.26
λLZJH(w,w)·wλw0vqZ^Kψ, 5.27
Z^M1(Δv)LZQ(g-1)(dxμ,dZ^Kψ), 5.28
Z^M1(Δv)iLZQH(dxμ,w)·viZ^Kψ, 5.29
Z^M1(Δv)Z^M2(Δv)iLZQHμν·viZ^Kψ, 5.30
Z^M1(Δv)λLZQH(dxμ,w)·wλw0vqZ^Kψ, 5.31
Z^M1(Δv)Z^M2(Δv)λLZQHμν·wλw0vqZ^Kψ, 5.32

where,

q1,3,(μ,ν)0,32,|K||I|-1,|J|+|K||I|,|M1|+|M2|+|Q|+|K||I|.

Moreover K, J, Q and M1 satisfy the following condition

  1. either KP<IP,

  2. or KP=IP and then JT1, QT+M1T1.

For the term (5.27), J and K satisfy the improved condition

|J|+|K||I|-1andKP<IP.

Proof

The result follows from an induction on |I|, relying on

[Tg,Z^Z^I]=[T~g,Z^Z^I]+[Tg-T~g,Z^]Z^I+Z^[Tg-T~g,Z^I],

Lemma 5.3 as well as several applications of Lemmas 5.6 and 5.9 .

The conditions on the multi-indices are easy to check when |I|=1 (see Proposition 5.7). In that case there holds |K|=KP=0. So, if Z^I=Z^ is a homogeneous vector field, we have KP<IP=1. Otherwise, Z^I is a translation xμ and each source term contains either the factor Lxμ(H) or xμ(Δv). Moreover, KP<IP always holds for the terms of the form (5.27) since they do not appear when Z^I=xμ. One can check during the induction, and more precisely when we apply Lemmas 5.6 and 5.9 , that these conditions hold for all I (the general principle is explained in Remark 5.4).

Remark 5.11

As mentioned in Subsection 2.4.3, we would not be able to close the energy estimates for the Vlasov field without taking advantage on the conditions on KP and IP given in Proposition 5.10.

We also point out that the condition KP<IP for the terms (5.27) is of fundamental importance. We would not be able to handle such terms if the case KP=IP was possible, even if we had at the same time JT1.

Null Structure of the Error Terms in the Commuted Vlasov Equation

The aim of this subsection is to describe the null structure of the terms given by Proposition 5.10. We start by estimating Z^M(Δv), which will be useful in order to deal with (5.28)–(5.32).

Lemma 5.12

Let N6, Z^MP^0|M| with |M|N and assume that the metric g satisfies the wave gauge condition and (4.2). Then, if ε is sufficiently small, we have

graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ110_HTML.gif 5.33

Proof

According to Proposition 4.2 and (4.2), we have

|J|N-3,(t,x)[0,T[×R3,LZJ(H)(t,x)ε. 5.34

Hence, as g-1(v,v)=gαβvαvβ=0, we get

v02-|v|2=|H(v,v)|ε|v|2+εv02,

which implies, since w0=-|v| and if ε is sufficiently small,

-2|v|v0-12|v|and|Δv|3|v|. 5.35

Consequently,

(v0-|v|)Δv=v02-|v|2=Hμνvμvν=H(v,v),

so that, as |v0-|v|||v| and v=w+Δvdt,

|Δv||H(v,v)||v||H(w,w)||v|+|Δv||H|.

As |H|ε, we obtain, if ε is sufficiently small, that |Δv|2|H(w,w)||v|. Now, recall from Lemma 3.7 that wAwA|v||wL|, which implies

|Δv||H(w,w)||v||H|LT|v|+1|v||HABwAwB|+|H||wL||H|LT|v|+|H||wL| 5.36

and the result holds for |M|=0. The next step consists in proving an inequality which will allow us to prove the result by induction in |M|. The starting point is the decomposition

0=g-1(v,v)=g-1(w,w)+|Δv|2g00+2Δvg-1(dt,w).

Now, using LZ(dt)=δZ^Sdt+δΩ^0kZ^dxk and (5.6), we get

Z^g-1(w,w)=LZ(g-1)(w,w)+2g-1(LZ(w)+Zw(w),w)=LZ(g-1)(w,w)+2δZ^Sg-1(w,w),Z^|Δv|2g00=2Z^ΔvΔvg00+|Δv|2LZ(g-1)00+2δZ^S|Δv|2g00+2δΩ^0kZ^|Δv|2gk0,Z^Δvg-1(dt,w)=Z^Δvg-1(dt,w)+ΔvLZ(g-1)(dt,w)+2δZ^SΔvg-1(dt,w)+δΩ^0kZ^Δvg-1(dxk,w).

It then follows that

2Z^(Δv)g-1(dt,v)=-LZ(g-1)(v,v)-2δSZ^g-1(v,v)-2δΩ^0kZ^Δvg-1(dxk,v).

Iterating the process, one can prove that, for all Z^MP0|M|,

Z^M(Δv)g-1(dt,v)|J||M|JT=MT|LZJ(g-1)(v,v)|+0μ3|I|+|J||M|IT+JT=MT|I|<|M|Z^I(Δv)LZJ(g-1)(dxμ,v)+|I|+|J|+|K||M|IT+JT+KT=MT|I|,|K|<|M|Z^I(Δv)Z^K(Δv)LZJ(g-1).

Using both (5.34) and (5.35) we get |v|3|g-1(dt,v)|9|v|. Hence, as v=w+Δvdt, we obtain

Z^M(Δv)|J||M|JT=MT|LZJ(g-1)(w,w)||v|+|I|+|J|+|K||M|IT+JTmin(1,MT)|I|,|K|<|M|Z^I(Δv)|v|LZJ(g-1)(|v|+|Z^K(Δv)|). 5.37

Consider now N0N-1 and suppose that (5.33) holds for all |I|N0. Then, let M be a multi-index satisfying |M|=N0+1. As LZ(η-1)=-2δZSη-1, we have

|LZJ(g-1)(w,w)||LZJ(H)(w,w)|+|η-1(w,w)|=|LZJ(H)(w,w)|.

Following the computations made in (5.36), we then get

1|v||LZJ(g-1)(w,w)||LZJ(H)|LT|v|+|LZJ(H)||wL|. 5.38

In order to bound the second sum on the right-hand side of (5.37), start by noticing that, since LZ(η-1)=-2δZSη-1,

LZJ(g-1)|LZJ(H)|ifJT1|LZJ(H)|+|η-1|ifJT=0.

Now, by the induction hypothesis,

|I|<|M|,Z^I(Δv)|I1|+|I2||I|I1Tmin(1,IT)|v|LZI1(H)1+LZI2(H),

so that, using |LZI0(H)|1 if |I0|N-3,

|I|+|J|+|K||M|IT+JTmin(1,MT)|I|,|K|<|M|Z^I(Δv)|v|LZJ(H)(|v|+|Z^K(Δv)|)|I|+|J||M|ITmin(1,MT)|v|LZI(H)LZJ(H),|I|+|K||M|ITmin(1,MT)|I|,|K|<|M|Z^I(Δv)|v|η-1|Z^K(Δv)||I|+|J||M|ITmin(1,MT)|v|LZI(H)LZJ(H).

The claim then follows from (5.37), (5.38), the last two inequalities and

|I|<|M|ITmin(1,MT)|Z^I(Δv)||η-1||J|+|K|<|M|JTmin(1,MT)|wL||LZJ(H)|+|v||LZJ(H)|LT+|v||LZJ(H)||LZK(H)|,

which is a direct consequence of the induction hypothesis.

In the next lemma, we deal with the remaining error terms given by (5.25), (5.26) and (5.27) by expanding them with respect to the null frame (L,L_,e1,e2).

Lemma 5.13

The following estimates hold:

H(w,dψ)|v||H|1+t+r|t-r||ψ|+Z^P^0|Z^ψ|+|v||H|LT|ψ|+|v||wL||H|TU|ψ|,i(H)(w,w)·viψ|wL||H|+|v||H|LT|t-r||ψ|+Z^P^0|Z^ψ|+|v||wL||¯H|+|v||¯H|LLt|ψ|+Z^P^0|Z^ψ|,μ(H)(w,w)·wμ|v|vqψ|wL|2|v||H|+|wL||H|LT(t+r)|ψ|+Z^P^0|Z^ψ|+|v||wL||¯H|+|v||¯H|LL(t+r)|ψ|+Z^P^0|Z^ψ|.

Proof

The first inequality follows from

H(w,dψ)=HL_L_wL_L_ψ+HL_L(wL_Lψ+wLL_ψ)+HL_A(wL_eA(ψ)+wAL_ψ)+HLLwLLψ+HLA(wLeA(ψ)+wALψ)+HABwAeB(ψ)

and from Lemma 3.7, as well as (3.34), which give

|wA||v||wL|and|Lψ||t-r|1+t+r|ψ|+11+t+rZ^P0|Z^ψ|.

Remark now that for a symmetric tensor Gμν,

G(w,w)=GL_L_wL_2+GLLwL2+GABwAwB+2GL_LwL_wL+2GL_AwL_wA+2GLAwLwA.

Consequently, using again that |wA||v||wL|, we get

|G(w,w)||v||wL||G|+|v|2|G|LT, 5.39
|G(w,w)||v||v||wL||G|+|v|2|G|LL. 5.40

Recall from Lemma 3.9 that

vψr|t-r||v||ψ|+1|v|Z^P0|Z^ψ|,vψAt|v||ψ|+1|v|Z^P0|Z^ψ|. 5.41

The last two estimates then result from (5.39), (5.40), (5.41) and

i(H)(w,w)·viψ=r(H)(w,w)vψr+A(H)(w,w)vψA,μ(H)(w,w)·wμ|v|=-12L(H)(w,w)wL_|v|-12L_(H)(w,w)wL|v|+A(H)(w,w)wA|v|.

Final Classification of the Error Terms

In this section, we list all the error terms that appear in the commuted equations in such a way that we will able to easily estimate them when we try to improve all the bootstrap assumptions on the energy norms of the Vlasov field.

Proposition 5.14

Let N6 be such that the metric g satisfies (4.2), assume that the wave gauge condition holds and consider Z^IP^0|I| with |I|N. Then, [Tg,Z^I](ψ) can be bounded by a linear combination of terms taken in the following families:

The terms arising from the source terms

|Z^I0Tg(ψ)|,|I0||I|-1,I0PIP-1. 5.42

The terms arising from the Schwarzschild part,

S^I,0K:=M|v|(1+t+r)2Z^Z^Kψ, 5.43
SI,00K:=M|v|1+t+rZ^Kψ, 5.44
S^I,1J,K:=M|v|(1+t+r)2LZJ(h1)Z^Z^Kψ, 5.45
S^I,2J,K:=M|v|1+t+rLZJ(h1)Z^Z^Kψ, 5.46
SI,3J,K:=M|v|1+t+rLZJ(h1)Z^Kψ, 5.47
SI,4J,K:=M|v||t-r|1+t+rLZJ(h1)Z^Kψ, 5.48
SI,5J,K:=M|v|¯LZJ(h1)Z^Kψ, 5.49
SI,6Q,J,K:=M|v||LZQ(h1)|LZJ(h1)Z^Kψ, 5.50

where, Z^P^0,

  • |Q|+|J|+|K||I|,    |K||I|-1,    KPIP.

The quadratic terms,

E^I,1J,K:=|wL|LZJ(h1)Z^Z^Kψ, 5.51
E^I,2J,K:=|v|LZJ(h1)LT+¯LZJ(h1)Z^Z^Kψ, 5.52
E^I,3J,K:=|v|1+t+rLZJ(h1)Z^Z^Kψ, 5.53
EI,4J,K:=|v||t-r|1+t+rLZJ(h1)Z^Kψ, 5.54
EI,5J,K:=|v|LZJ(h1)LTZ^Kψ, 5.55
EI,6J,K:=|v||wL|LZJ(h1)Z^Kψ, 5.56
EI,7J,K:=|t-r||wL|LZJ(h1)Z^Kψ, 5.57
EI,8J,K:=|t-r||v|LZJ(h1)LTZ^Kψ, 5.58
EI,9J,K:=(t+r)|v||wL|¯LZJ(h1)Z^Kψ, 5.59
EI,10J,K:=(t+r)|v|¯LZJ(h1)LLZ^Kψ, 5.60

where, Z^P^0,

  • |J|+|K||I|,    |K||I|-1.

  • K and J satisfy one of the following conditions.
    1. Either KP<IP,
    2. or KP=IP and JT1.
EI,11J,K:=(t+r)|wL|2|v|LZJ(h1)Z^Kψ, 5.61

where

  • |J|+|K||I|,    |K||I|-1,    KP<IP.

The cubic terms,

E^I,12M,J,K:=|v|1+t+rLZM(h1)LZJ(h1)Z^Z^Kψ, 5.62
E^I,13M,J,K:=|v|LZM(h1)LZJ(h1)Z^Z^Kψ, 5.63

where, Z^P^0,

  • |M|+|J|+|K||I|,    |K||I|-1,    KPIP.

EI,14M,J,K:=|v|LZM(h1)LZJ(h1)Z^Kψ, 5.64
EI,15M,J,K:=|t-r||v|LZM(h1)LZJ(h1)Z^Kψ, 5.65
EI,16M,J,K:=(t+r)|wL|LZM(h1)LZJ(h1)Z^Kψ, 5.66
EI,17M,J,K:=(t+r)|v|LZM(h1)¯LZJ(h1)Z^Kψ, 5.67

where

  • |M|+|J|+|K||I|,       |K||I|-1.

  • K, M and J satisfy one of the following conditions.
    1. Either KP<IP,
    2. or KP=IP and MT+JT1.

The quartic terms,

EI,18Q,M,J,K:=(t+r)|v||LZQ(h1)||LZM(h1)||LZJ(h1)||Z^Kψ|, 5.68

where

  • |Q|+|M|+|J|+|K||I|,    |K||I|-1,    KPIP.

Remark 5.15

To clarify the analysis, we have denoted by S^ or E^, the error terms that contain factors of the form Z^Z^Kψ, and by S or E, error terms containing Z^Kψ, so that we know that the last derivative hitting ψ is a translation.

Proof

Since g verifies (4.2) and in view of Proposition 4.2, we will use throughout this proof that

|Q|N-3,LZQ(H)+LZQ(h)ε. 5.69

Consider a multi-index I such that |I|N. In order to clarify the analysis, let us introduce a notation. Fix q4,11 and multi-indices (JK) satisfying the conditions presented in the proposition which are associated to EI,qJ,K. Then, for a sufficiently regular tensor field k, denote by EI,qJ,K[k] the quantity corresponding to EI,qJ,K, but where h1 is replaced by k. For instance,

EI,5J,K[k]=|v|LZJ(k)LTZ^Kψ.

We define similarly E^I,qJ,K[k], EI,qM,J,K[k], E^I,qM,J,K[k] and EI,18Q,M,J,K[k]. Then we make two important observations.

  1. For all q4,11, EI,qJ,K[H] is a linear combination of EI,qJ0,K[h] and lower order terms EI,pM0,J0,K[h] and EI,18Q0,M0,J0,K[h], where p14,17 and (J0,K), (M0,J0,K) as well as (Q0,M0,J0,K) satisfy the conditions presented in the proposition. This follows from Remark 4.3, so that, for instance,
    |v|LZJ(H)LT|Z^Kψ||J0||J|J0T=JTEI,5J0,K[h]+|M0|+|J0||J|M0T+J0Tmin(1,JT)EI,14M0,J0,K[h].
    Similar relations can be obtained, using also (5.69), for E^I,qJ,K[H], EI,qM,J,K[H], E^I,qM,J,K[H] and EI,18Q,M,J,K[H].
  2. For all n1,3 and q4,11, we have
    E^I,nJ,K[h]E^I,nJ,K[h1]+S^I,0K=E^I,nJ,K+S^I,0K,EI,qJ,K[h]EI,qJ,K+SI,00K.
    This ensues from the decomposition h=h1+h0 and Proposition 4.1, which gives that, for all |J|,
    |LZJ(h0)|M1+t+r,|LZJ(h0)|M(1+t+r)2.
    Similar inequalities hold for EI,qM,J,K[h], E^I,qM,J,K[h] and EI,18Q,M,J,K[h]. For instance,
    E^I,13M,J,K[h]E^I,13M,J,K[h1]+S^I,2J,K[h1]+S^I,1M,K+S^I,0K,EI,17M,J,K[h]EI,17M,J,K[h1]+SI,5J,K+SI,3M,K+SI,00K,EI,18Q,M,J,K[h]EI,18Q,M,J,K[h1]+SI,6M,J,K[h]+SI,6Q,J,K+SI,3M,K+SI,3Q,K+SI,4J,K+SI,00K.
    For the quartic terms, we have sometimes estimated one of the two factor of the form |LI0(h1)| by ε and (1+τ+r)-1 by 1. We specify that two cases need to be considered for EI,16M,J,K[h]. Indeed,
    EI,16M,J,K[h]EI,16M,J,K[h1]+SI,3M,K+SI,00K+(t+r)|wL||LZM(h0)||LZJ(h1)||Z^Kf|. 5.70
    Then, the last term is bounded by E^I,1J,K if KP<IP. Otherwise KP=IP and MT+JT1, so that it can be bounded by E^I,3J,K if MT1 and by E^I,1J,K if JT1.

The remainder of the proof then consists in bounding the terms written in Proposition 5.10 by (5.42) and those of (5.51)–(5.68), with h1 replaced by H. For that purpose, we will use several times Lemmas 5.12 and 5.13 . Until the end of this section, each time that we will refer to one of the terms (5.51)–(5.68), h1 has to be replaced by H.

  • The terms (5.24) can be controlled by those of the form (5.42).

  • The terms (5.25) can be estimated, using the first inequality of Lemma 5.13, by a linear combination of terms of the form (5.53)–(5.56).

  • The terms (5.26) can be bounded, according to the second estimate of Lemma 5.13, by terms of the form (5.51) and (5.52) and (5.57)–(5.60).

  • Using the third inequality of Lemma 5.13, one can bound the terms (5.27) by a linear combination of terms of the form (5.51) and (5.52), (5.57)–(5.61) and
    AuxIQ,K[H]:=(t+r)|wL|LZQ(H)LTZ^Kψ,KP<IP,
    |Q|+|K||I|, |K||I|-1. Applying Proposition 4.2, we obtain
    AuxIQ,K[H]|J||Q|AuxIJ,K[h]+|M|+|J||Q|EI,16M,J,K[h],
    so that, using the wave gauge condition (see Proposition 4.4),
    AuxIJ,K[H]|J||Q|(t+r)|wL|¯LZQ(h)Z^Kψ+|M|+|J||Q|EI,16M,J,K[h].
    Use |wL||v||wL| as well as the decomposition h=h0+h1 and the pointwise decay estimates on h0 given by Proposition 4.1 in order to get, since KP<IP,
    AuxIJ,K[H]SI,00K+|J||Q|EI,9J,K+|M|+|J||Q|EI,16M,J,K[h].
    Finally, it remains to estimate EI,16M,J,K[h] through the inequality (5.70).
  • Applying Lemma 5.12, one can control the terms (5.28) by a linear combination of
    |wL||LZM(H)|+|v||LZM(H)|LT+|v||LZM(H)||LZQ(H)||LZJ(g-1)||Z^Kψ|,
    with |M|+|Q|+|J|+|K||I|, |K||I|-1 and KP<IP or KP=IP and JT+MT1. Recall the relation LZ(η-1)=-2δZSη-1, so that
    • if ZJS|J|, then LZJ(g-1)=LZJ(H) and we obtain terms of the form (5.64). For this, we use that |LZR(H)|1 for all |R|N-3 in order to deal with the quartic terms.
    • Otherwise |LZJ(g-1)||LZJ(H)|+|η-1| and we still get terms of the form (5.64) as well as, since |η-1|1, (5.55) and (5.56).
  • According to Lemma 5.12, one can estimate (5.30) and (5.32) by terms of the form
    |v|2|LZQ1(H)||LZQ2(H)||LZJ(H)||vZ^Kψ|,
    with |Q1|+|Q2|+|J|+|K||I|, |K||I|-1 and KPIP. Using that
    |v||vZ^Kψ|(t+r)|Z^Kψ|+Z^P0|Z^Z^Kψ|,
    which comes from (3.31), we finally get quartic terms of the form (5.68) and, using (5.69), cubic terms (5.63).
  • Finally, since for two functions ϕ and ψ, there holds
    iϕ·viϕ=rϕvψr+AϕvψA,μϕ·wμ=-12LϕwL_-12L_ϕwL+AϕwA,
    we can bound, using (5.41), the terms (5.29) and (5.31) by
    |Z^M1(Δv)||LZJ(H)||Z^Z^Kψ|+|t-r||LZJ(H)||Z^M1(Δv)||Z^Kψ|+(t+r)|¯LZJ(H)|+(t+r)|wL||v||LZJ(H)||Z^M1(Δv)||Z^Kψ|,
    with |M1|+|J|+|K||I|, |K||I|-1 and KP<IP or KP=IP and M1T+JT1. The estimate
    |Z^M1(Δv)||M|+|Q||M1|MTmin(1,M1T)|v||LZMH|1+|LZQ(H)|,
    which follows from Lemma 5.12, leads to terms of the form (5.63) and (5.65)–(5.68).

It will be convenient to introduce the following notations:

Definition 5.16

Given one of the error terms EI,iJ,K, i4,11, listed in Proposition 5.14, we define AI,iJ,K as the quantity which contains everything of EI,iJ,K but the ψ-part |Z^Kψ|. We define similarly, for n1,3 and p14,17, A^I,nJ,K, AI,pM,J,K, A^I,12M,J,K, A^I,13M,J,K and AI,18Q,M,J,K. For instance

A^I,2J,K=|v||LZJ(h1)|LT+¯LZJ(h1),AI,16M,J,K=(t+r)|wL|LZM(h)LZJ(h),

and the multi-indices I, J and K (respectively I, J, K and M) satisfy the same conditions as those of the term EI,2J,K (5.55) (respectively EI,16M,J,K (5.66)).

We also define in a similar way the quantities B^I,0K, BI,00K, B^I,iJ,K, BI,jJ,K and BI,6Q,J,K from the error terms S^I,0K, SI,00K, S^I,iJ,K SI,jJ,K and SI,6Q,J,K, so that

BI,00K=M|v|1+t+r,B^I,1J,K=M|v|(1+t+r)2|LZJ(h1)|,BI,5J,K=M|v||¯LZJ(h1)|.

Commutation of the Vlasov Energy Momentum Tensor

To evaluate the commuted Einstein equations (see Proposition 4.9), we will require the null components of the tensor field LZI(T[f]). In order to simplify the presentation of the following results as well as their proofs, we denote by T~[ψ] the energy-momentum tensor of the Vlasov field in the flat case, that is

T~[ψ]μν:=Rv3ψwμwνw0dv.

This field is considered in the following:

Lemma 6.1

Let ψ:[0,T[×Rx3×Rv3R be a sufficiently regular function. We have,

ZP,LZ(T~[ψ])=T~[Z^ψ]andLS(T~[ψ])=T~[Sψ]+2T~[ψ].

Proof

The result for the Killing vector fields ZP holds in a more general setting. More precisely, if X is Killing for a metric h and T[ψ] is the energy-momentum tensor of a Vlasov field ψ for the metric h, then LXT[ψ]=T[X^ψ], with X^ the complete lift of X. It can easily be verified by choosing a local coordinate system such that X coincides with one of the coordinate derivatives. For the scaling vector field, S=xμμ we have

LST~[ψ]μν=ST~[ψ]μν+μSλT~[ψ]λν+νSλT~[ψ]μλ=Rv3S(ψ)wμwνw0dv+2T~[ψ]λν.

We now turn on the real energy momentum tensor T[ψ].13

Proposition 6.2

Let I be a multi-index and ZIK|I|. Then, there exist integers CJ,KI, CJ,K,M;μνI,λ and CJ,K,L,M;μνI such that

LZI(T[ψ])μν=|J|+|K||I|CJ,KIT~Z^K(ψ)Z^J|v||detg-1|g0αvαμν+0λ3|J|+|K|+|M||I|CJ,K,M;μνI,λRv3wλZ^M(Δv)Z^K(ψ)Z^J|v||detg-1|g0αvαdv|v|+|J|+|K|+|L|+|M||I|CJ,K,L,M;μνIRv3Z^M(Δv)Z^L(Δv)Z^K(ψ)Z^J|v||detg-1|g0αvαdv|v|.

Proof

The formula is satisfied for |I|=0 since w0=|v| and

vμvν|detg-1|g0αvα=1w0wμwν+δμ0wνΔv+δν0wμΔv+δμ0δν0|Δv|2w0|detg-1|g0αvα.

The result for arbitrary multi-indices I follows by induction, applying several times Lemmas 3.6 and 6.1.

Recall that the metric g satisfies the decomposition (4.1) and the condition (4.2).

Proposition 6.3

Let N6 and g be a metric such that (4.2) holds. Then, for all ZIK|I| such that |I|N and V,WU, we have, if ε small enough,

LZI(T[ψ])VW|K||I|Rv3|Z^K(ψ)||wVwW||v|dv+|J|+|K||I|11+t+r+|LZJ(h1)|Rv3|Z^K(ψ)||v|dv. 6.1

Proof

Note first that according to Proposition 4.2 and the assumptions (4.2),

|J|N,|LZJ(H)||Q||J||LZQ(h)|,|J|N-3,|LZJ(h)|ε. 6.2

Hence, using Lemma 5.12, we have

|M|N,Z^M(Δv)|Q||M||LZQ(h)|. 6.3

Suppose that

|J|N,Z^Jw0|detg-1|g0αvα1+|Q||J||LZQ(h)| 6.4

holds. Then, from Proposition 6.2 and (6.3) and (6.4), it holds that

graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ768_HTML.gif

The result then follows from

|LZJ(h)||LZJ(h0)|+|LZJ(h1)|ε1+t+r+|LZJ(h1)|,

which holds for any |J|N and follows from the decomposition h=h0+h1 and Proposition 4.1. It then only remains to prove (6.4). For this, note first that, using v=w+Δvdt, g-1=η-1+H, (6.3) and (6.2),

Z^Qg0αvα|Q1|+|Q2||Q||LZQ1(g-1)|(|v|+|Z^Q2(Δv)|)|v|+|J||Q||v||LZJ(h)|.

Similarly, using that det(g-1) is a polynomial of degree 4 in gμν, 0μ,ν3, we get

Z^K(detg-1)1+|J||K||LZJ(h)|.

Using |H|ε, |Δv|ε, v=w+Δvdt, (6.3), and that the determinant is a multilinear mapping, we obtain, for ε small enough,

|g0αvα||v|-(1+|H00|)|Δv|-|H0αwα||v|-Cε|v|12|v|,|detg-1|=detη+O(|H|)1212. 6.5

The inequality (6.4) then follows from the Leibniz rule, |Z^Q(w0)|CQ|v| and the last four estimates.

Remark 6.4

Note that a better estimate could be obtained for the good components of LZI(T[f]) in Propositions 6.2 and 6.3 but the result stated in this section will be sufficient in order to close the energy estimates.

Energy Estimates for the Wave Equation

The aim of this section is to prove energy inequalities for solutions to wave equations in a curved background whose metric g is close and converges to the Minkowski metric η. These results can be found in Section 6 of [30] and we give here, for completeness, an slightly different proof. More precisely, the goal is to control, for some (a,b)R+2 and a sufficiently regular function ϕ, energy norms

graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ769_HTML.gif

Remark 7.1

The bulk integral

graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ770_HTML.gif

will allow us to take advantage of the decay in t-r. Without an a priori good estimate on it, we would merely obtain that

K(1+t)supτ[0,t]Στ|t,xϕ|2ωabdx(1+t)supτ[0,t]Ea,b[ϕ](τ).

Note however that the bulk integral provides only a control on the derivatives tangential to the light cone, that is L and Inline graphic, and constitutes an important tool in order to exploit the null structure of the massless Einstein–Vlasov system. The problem when a=0 or b=0 is that the energy estimate derived below (see Proposition 7.5) will not allow us to control K. Moreover, if a>0, the norm rt|t,xϕ|2ωabdx is strictly weaker than rt|t,xϕ|2dx, which explains why we introduce E¯a,b[ϕ].

We introduce the energy norm E˚a,b[ϕ] in order to avoid a strong growth at the top order which would force us to assume more decay on the initial data in order to close the energy estimates.

We fix, for the remaining of this section, T>0 as well as a function ϕ and a metric g, both defined on [0,T[×R3 and sufficiently regular. We also introduce H:=g-1-η-1. In order to derive energy inequalities, we introduce the (1, 1)-tensor field

T[ϕ]μν:=gμξξϕνϕ-12ημνgθσθϕσϕ.

Remark 7.2

The tensor field T[ϕ] is the energy momentum tensor of ϕ, written as a (1, 1) tensor. However, we point out that since we lower indices with respect to the Minkowski metric, T[ϕ]μνμϕνϕ-12gμνgαβαϕβϕ. The (1, 1) tensor field T[ϕ] appears to be well adapted to prove energy estimates for the norms that we are interested in.

Let us now compute the divergence of T[ϕ]. For this, it will be convenient to use the notation

ω¯ab:=-1+|u|2L_(ωab)=(1+|u|)rωab=a(1+|u|)a,tr,b(1+|u|)b,t<r.

Lemma 7.3

We have, for all a,bR+,

graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ771_HTML.gif

Remark 7.4

In general, Tμν[ϕ] is not symmetric.

Proof

The first identity follows from straightforward computations,

μT[ϕ]μν=μ(gμξ)ξϕνϕ+gμξμξϕνϕ+gμξξϕμνϕ-12ν(gθσ)θϕσϕ-gθσνθϕσϕ=~gϕ·νϕ+μ(Hμξ)ξϕνϕ-12ν(Hθσ)θϕσϕ.

For the second one, start by noticing, as L(ωab)=0 and Inline graphic, that

T[ϕ]μ0μωab=T[ϕ]L_0L_(ωab)=-2ω¯ab1+|u|gL_ξξϕtϕ-12ηL_0gθσθϕσϕ.

Then, using the first identity and ηL_0=12, one gets,

μT[ϕ]μ0ωab=μT[ϕ]μ0ωab+T[ϕ]μ0μωab=~gϕ·tϕωab+μ(Hμξ)ξϕtϕωab-12t(Hθσ)θϕσϕωab-2gL_ξξϕtϕ-14gθσθϕσϕω¯ab1+|u|.

It remains to write g-1=η-1+H and to note that

graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ772_HTML.gif

Finally, as L(1+t+r)=2 and Inline graphic, we have

μT[ϕ]μ0ωab1+t+r=μT[ϕ]μ0ωab1+t+r-2T[ϕ]L0ωab(1+t+r)2.

Then, writing again g-1=η-1+H and since ηL0=12, we obtain

graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ773_HTML.gif

which gives the result.

We are now ready to provide an alternative proof of Proposition 6.2 of [30].

Proposition 7.5

Let a,bR+, CH>0 and suppose that H satisfies

|H|1+|u|+|H|CHε(1+t+r)12(1+|u|)1+a2,|HLL|1+|u|+|H|LL+|¯H|CHε1+t+r.

Then, there exists a constant C_:=C01+a+bmin(1,a,b), where C0>0 is an absolute constant, such that, if ε is sufficiently small14, we have for all t[0,T[,

Ea,b[ϕ](t)C_Ea,b[ϕ](0)+C_CHε0tEa,b[ϕ](τ)1+τdτ+C_0tΣτ~gϕ·tϕωabdxdτ, 7.1
E¯a,b[ϕ](t)C_E¯a,b[ϕ](0)+C_CHε0tE¯a,b[ϕ](τ)1+τdτ+C_0tΣτ~gϕ·tϕω0bdxdτ. 7.2

Finally, it also holds that

E˚a,b[ϕ](t)C_E˚a,b[ϕ](0)+C_CHε0tE˚a,b[ϕ](τ)1+τdτ+C_0tΣτ~gϕ·tϕ1+τ+rωabdxdτ. 7.3

Proof

In order to lighten the proof, we will not keep track of the constant CH, which appears merely when ε does. The (Euclidean) divergence theorem yields

Σt-T[ϕ]00ωabdx=Σ0-T[ϕ]00ωabdx-0tΣsμT[ϕ]μ0ωabdxds.

Now, note that, for t[0,T[,

-T[ϕ]00=-g0ξξϕtϕ+12η00gθσθϕσϕ=12|t,xϕ|2-H0ξξϕtϕ+12Hθσθϕσϕ.

As |H|ε, we have, if ε is sufficiently small,

14|t,xϕ|2-T[u]0034|t,xϕ|2. 7.4

The first inequality (7.1) then follows, if ε is sufficiently small15, from the second equality of Lemma 7.3 as well as

graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ157_HTML.gif 7.5
graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ158_HTML.gif 7.6
graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ159_HTML.gif 7.7

In order to prove (7.6), start by noticing that

2HL_ξξϕ·tϕ=HL_L_L_ϕ·(Lϕ+L_ϕ)+HL_LLϕ·(Lϕ+L_ϕ)+HL_AeAϕ·(Lϕ+L_ϕ),12Hθσθϕ·σϕ=12HABeAϕeBϕ+12HLL|Lϕ|2+12HL_L_|L_ϕ|2+HLL_LϕL_ϕ+HLALϕeAϕ+HL_AL_ϕeAϕ,

which implies

HL_ξξϕ·tϕ-14Hθσθϕ·σϕ|HLL||ϕ|2+|H||¯ϕ|2ε1+|u|1+t+r|ϕ|2+ε|¯ϕ|2.

This, together with 0tΣτ|¯ϕ|2ω¯ab1+|u|dxdτ(a+b)Ea,b[ϕ](t) and

0tΣτ1+|u|1+τ+r|ϕ|2ω¯ab1+|u|dxdτ0ta+b1+τΣτ|ϕ|2ωabdxdτ(a+b)0tEa,b[ϕ](s)1+τdτ

finally gives us (7.6). Now, remark that

|μ(Hμξ)ξϕtϕ|(|H|LL+|¯H|)|ϕ|2+|H||¯ϕ||tϕ|ε|ϕ|21+t+r+ε|¯ϕ|2(1+|u|)1+a, 7.8
t(Hθσ)θϕ·σϕ|H|LL|L_ϕ|2+|H||¯ϕ||ϕ|ε|ϕ|21+t+r+ε|¯ϕ|2(1+|u|)1+a. 7.9

The estimate (7.6) is then implied by

0tΣτε1+t+r|ϕ|2ωabdxdτ0tε1+τΣτ|ϕ|2ωabdxdτε0tEa,b[ϕ](τ)1+τdτ, 7.10

and

0tΣτε(1+|u|)1+a|¯ϕ|2ωabdxdτε0tΣτ|¯ϕ|2ωab1+|u|dxdτεEa,b[ϕ](t).

We now turn on the second inequality (7.2), which can be obtained by taking the sum of (7.1) and16

E0,0[ϕ](t)3E0,0[ϕ](0)+C¯εEa,b[ϕ](t)+C¯ε0tE0,0[ϕ](τ)1+τdτ+40tΣτ~gϕ·tϕdxdτ.

To prove this estimate, apply the Euclidean divergence theorem to T[ϕ]μ0 and follow the proof of (7.1). The identity (7.4) does not depend of (ab) and (7.5)–(7.6) are trivial for (a,b)=(0,0) as ω¯00=0. It then remains to bound sufficiently well the left-hand side of (7.6) when (a,b)=(0,0). For this note that (7.8), (7.9) and (7.10) still hold in that context and that

0tΣτε(1+|u|)1+a|¯ϕ|2dxdτε0tΣτ|¯ϕ|2ωa01+|u|dxdτεEa,b[ϕ](t).

Finally, (7.3) can be proved similarly as (7.1) by applying the divergence theorem to T[ϕ]μ0ωab1+t+r (see Lemma 7.3). Apart from the fact that each integral contains an extra |1+t+r|-1 (or |1+τ+r|-1) weight, the only significant difference is that we need to control

graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ774_HTML.gif

In view of sign considerations and since |H|ε, we can bound it by

0tε1+τΣτ|ϕ|2ωab1+τ+rdxdτε0tE˚a,b[ϕ](τ)1+τdτ,

which concludes the proof.

L1-Energy Estimates for Vlasov Fields

Let ψ be a sufficiently regular function defined on the co-mass shell P and recall the Vlasov L1-energy

Ea,b[ψ](t)=Rx3Rv3ψ(t,x,v)|v|dvωabdx+0tRx3Rv3ψ(τ,x,v)wLdvωab1+|u|dxdτ. 8.1

In this section, we prove the following L1-energy estimate for Vlasov fields:

Proposition 8.1

Assume the bounds

|H|LTε1+t+r,|H|ε1+|u|,|H|LTε(1+|u|)1+t+r,|H|ε(1+|u|)12(1+t+r)12.

For any parameters a,b>0 and 0t1t2< and any sufficiently regular function ψ:P{t1tt2}R, we have, if ε is small enough,

Ea,b[ψ](t2)C_Ea,b[ψ](t1)+Cεt1t2Ea,b[ψ](τ)1+τdτ+C_t1t2Rx3Rv3Tg(ψ)dvωabdxdτ,

where C_ and C are two constants such that C_ depends only on (ab).

Proof

We denote by D the covariant differentiation in (R1+3,g). Let ψ be a solution to Tg(ψ)=G(ψ). Then, |ψ| solves Tg(|ψ|)=F(ψ), with F(ψ)=ψ|ψ|G(ψ) verifying |F(ψ)||G(ψ)|. Then, by considering the energy momentum tensor of |ψ| as in (3.1), a computation shows (cf Lemma 4.11 in [17]), that

gαβDβT0α[|ψ|]=π-1(x)v0F(ψ)dμπ-1(x)+π-1(x)|ψ|vαxα(v0)dμπ-1(x)+12π-1(x)|ψ|vαvβxi(gαβ)vγgγivβgβ0dμπ-1(x).

This leads to

gαβDβωabT0α[|ψ|]=π-1(x)v0F[ψ]dμπ-1(x)+π-1(x)|ψ|vαxα(v0)dμπ-1(x)+12π-1(x)|ψ|vαvβxi(gαβ)vγgγivβgβ0dμπ-1(x)+gαββ(ωab)Tα0[|ψ|]. 8.2

We apply the divergence theorem between the two hypersurfaces {t=t2} and {t=t1}

-{t=t2}T0αgα0[|ψ|]ωab|detg|dx=-{t=t1}T0αgα0[|ψ|]ωab|detg|dx-t1tt2gαβDβωabT0α[|ψ|]|detg|dxdt

and analyse the resulting terms. To this end, we note that it holds for ε small enough

12|detg|2, 8.3
|Δv||wL||H|+|v||H|LT, 8.4
12|v|(v0)2|detg-1|vαgα02|v|, 8.5

where we used (5.36) for (8.4) and the assumptions on H for (8.3) and (8.5).

The boundary terms at t=ti are given by

{t=ti}T0αg0α[|ψ|]ωab|detg|dx={t=ti}Rv3|ψ|v0vαg0α|detg-1|vαgα0dvωab|detg|dx={t=ti}Rv3|ψ|v0dvωabdx

Thus, using (8.4) and the assumptions on H,

Rx3Rv3ψ(ti,x,v)|v|dvωabdx-t=tiT0αg0α[|ψ|]ωab|detg|dxRx3Rv3ψ(ti,x,v)|v|dvωabdx.

Consider now the last term on the right-hand side of (8.2), for which we have

gαββ(ωab)Tα0[|ψ|]=gαL_L_(ωab)Tα0[|ψ|]=-2ω¯ab1+|u|Rv3|ψ|vαgαL_v0dμπ-1(x).

Note that

vαgαL_=vαηαL_+vαHαL_=(vL-wL)ηLL_+wLηLL_+vLHLL_+vL_HL_L_+vAHAL_=-12Δv-12wL+wLHLL_+ΔvHLL_+vL_HL_L_+vAHAL_,

which we rewrite as

12|wL|=vαgαL_+12Δv-wLHLL_-ΔvHLL_-vL_HL_L_-vAHAL_.

In view of the bounds on H, it follows that

|wL|vαgαL_+|v|ε(1+|u|)1+t+r+|Δv|,

so that, using (8.4), we have

|wL|vαgαL_+|v|ε(1+|u|)1+t+r.

It follows that the contribution of the last term on the right-hand side of (8.2), {t1tt2}gαββ(ωab)T[|ψ|]α0|detg|dxdt can be estimated from below as

{t1tt2}2ω¯ab1+|u|Rv3|ψ||wL|-C|v|ε(1+|u|)1+t+r(-v0)dμπ-1(x)|detg|dxdt{t1tt2}gαββ(ωab)T[|ψ|]α0|detg|dxdt

for some constant C>0, and, using (8.3)–(8.5), that

{t1tt2}Rv3|ψ||wL|ωab1+|u|dxdt{t1tt2}gαββ(ωab)T[|ψ|]α0|detg|dxdt+εt1t2Ea,b[ψ](t)1+τdt.

The left-hand side of this last inequality will provide the spacetime term of Ea,b[ψ](t2) when we sum all the terms at the end of the analysis. Note that it will arise with the same sign as the boundary term at t=t2.

Finally, we consider the contribution of the terms

12v|ψ|vαvβxi(gαβ)vγgγivβgβ0dμπ-1(x),v|ψ|vαxα(v0)dμπ-1(x)

To this end, we decompose vαvβxi(gαβ) on the null frame

vαvβigαβ=vLvL(iH)LL+vL_vL_i(H)L_L_+2vAvLi(H)AL+2vAvL_i(H)AL_+vAvBi(H)AB

and we use Lemma 5.12 in order to get

|xi(v0)|=|xi(v0-w0)||wL||H|+|v||H|LT+|v||H||H|.

Using the assumptions on H, we derive, since |vAvB||v||wL| by Lemma 3.7,

|vαvβxigαβ|+|vαxα(v0)|ε|wL||v|1+|u|+ε|v|21+t+r,

where we note that the contribution of the first term on the right-hand side can be absorbed if ε is small enough into the spacetime positive term containing |wL| obtained above, while the contribution of the second term can be simply estimated in terms of the energy.

Bootstrap Assumptions

We consider the following bootstrap assumptions on certain energy norms which have been defined in Subsection 3.7. Let N13, =23N+6 and consider the parameters 0<20δ<γ<120. We have

  • bootstrap assumptions for the Vlasov field: For all t[0,T[,
    EN-5+3[f](t)Cfε(1+t)δ2, 9.1
    EN-1[f](t)Cfε(1+t)δ2, 9.2
    EN[f](t)Cfε(1+t)12+δ, 9.3
  • bootstrap assumptions for the metric perturbations: For all t[0,T[,
    E¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](t)C¯ε(1+t)2δ, 9.4
    E˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](t)C¯ε(1+t)2δ, 9.5
    EN-1,TU2γ,1+γ[h1](t)CTUε(1+t)δ, 9.6
    EN,TU1+γ,1+γ[h1](t)CTUε(1+t)2δ, 9.7
    EN,LL1+2γ,1[h1](t)CLLε(1+t)δ, 9.8

where Cf, C¯, CTU and CLL are constants larger than 1 which will be fixed during the proof in Section 12. As is usual for this type of proof, the above bootstrap assumptions are satisfied with strict inequality for t=0 by our assumptions on the initial data and provided that Cf, C¯, CTU and CLL are large enough. By standard well-posedness theory, it follows that they are satisfied on some non-empty interval of time [0, T[, with T>0. Theorem 2.1 then holds provided that we can improve each of the above bootstrap assumptions.

Remark 9.1

We point out that the (1+t)2δ growth of the bootstrap assumption (9.4) (respectively (9.5) and (9.7)) is related to the growth of the energy norm of the bootstrap assumption (9.2) (respectively (9.3) and (9.3)–(9.5)). Similarly, the growth on (9.3) is related to the ones of (9.1), (9.7) and (9.8).

The growth on the bootstrap assumptions (9.1), (9.2) and (9.8) are independent from all the other ones and could be chosen to be of the form (1+t)η, with η arbitrary small.

We deduce from the definition (3.36) of EN-5+3[f], the bootstrap assumption (9.1) and the Klainerman–Sobolev inequality of Proposition 3.15 that, for any |K|N-8 and for all (t,x)[0,T[×R3,

Rv3z+1-23KP|v|Z^Kf(t,x,v)dv|I|3E18,18z+3-23(KP+3)Z^IZ^Kf(t)(1+t+r)2(1+|t-r|)78EN-5+3[f](t)(1+t+r)2(1+|t-r|)78ε(1+t)δ2(1+t+r)2(1+|t-r|)78. 9.9

Recall that -2=23N+4. Hence, we obtain similarly, using this time the bootstrap assumption (9.2), that for any |K|N-4 and for all (t,x)[0,T[×R3,

Rv3z4+23(N-KP)|v|Z^Kf(t,x,v)dvε(1+t)δ2(1+t+r)2(1+|t-r|)78. 9.10

The next result will be useful to improve the bootstrap assumptions (9.6)–(9.8). The rough idea is that the L2-norm of |LZJ(h1)(V,W)| and |LZJh1(V,W)| are equivalent.

Lemma 9.2

There exists a constant C>0 independent of C¯, CTU and CLL such that, for all t[0,T[,

EN-1,TU2γ,1+γ[h1]-|J|N-1(T,U)T×UE2γ,1+γχrt+1LZJ(h1)TU(t)CC¯ε,EN,TU1+γ,1+γ[h1]-|J|N(T,U)T×UE1+γ,1+γχrt+1LZJ(h1)TU(t)CC¯ε(1+t)2δ,EN,LL1+2γ,1[h1]-|J|NE1+2γ,1χrt+1LZJ(h1)LL(t)C(C¯+CTU)ε.

Proof

For the purpose of keeping track of certain quantities, all the constants hidden in will be independent of C¯, CTU and CLL. This convention will only hold during this proof. In order to lighten the notations, we introduce kJ:=LZJ(h1) for any |J|N. Then, observe that according to the triangle inequality, the lemma would follow if we could prove the first inequality (respectively the last two inequalities) with N-1 (respectively N) replaced by 0 and h1 by kJ for any |J|N-1 (respectively |J|N).

We start by an intermediary result. Let us fix (V,W){U,T,L}2, 0a1+2γ and 0b1+γ. Since

χ|]12,+[=1,|χ|1andt,xχr1+t1{1+t4r1+t2}1+t+r,

one has,

E0,VWa,b[kJ]-E0,VWa,bχrt+1kJ(t)rt+12|kJ|2ωabdx+0trτ+12|kJ|2ωab1+|u|dxdτ+1+t4r1+t2|kJ|2(1+t+r)2ωabdx+0t1+τ4r1+τ2|kJ|2(1+τ+r)2ωab1+|u|dxdτ. 9.11

Note that since the domain of integration of the four integrals on the right-hand side of the previous inequality are located far from the light cone, we do not keep track of V and W.17 Our goal now is to bound them sufficiently well for well chosen values of |J| and (ab) in order to obtain

|J|N-1,|E0,TU2γ,1+γ[kJ]-E0,TU2γ,1+γχrt+1kJ|(t)C¯ε, 9.12
|J|N,|E0,TU1+γ,1+γ[kJ]-E0,TU1+γ,1+γχrt+1kJ|(t)C¯ε(1+t)2δ, 9.13
|J|N,|E0,LL1+2γ,1[kJ]-E0,LL1+2γ,1χrt+1kJ|(t)C¯ε. 9.14

For the purpose of controlling the four integrals on the right-hand side of (9.11), we will use many times the inequality 1+τ+r1+|τ-r| which holds on their domain of integration. We start by dealing with the case |J|N-1 and (a,b)=(2γ,1+γ):

rt+12|kJ|2ω2γ1+γdx1(1+t)γrt+12|kJ|2ωγ1+2γdxE¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](t)(1+t)γ,0trτ+12|kJ|2ω2γ1+γ1+|u|dxdτ0trτ+12|kJ|2ωγ1+γ(1+τ)1+γdxdτ0tE¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)1+γdτ.

Applying the Hardy inequality of Lemma 3.11 and making similar computations, one gets

1+t4r1+t2|kJ|2(1+t+r)2ω2γ1+γdx1(1+t)γ1+t4r1+t2|kJ|2(1+|u|)2ωγ1+2γdx1(1+t)γΣτ|kJ|2ωγ1+2γdxE¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](t)(1+t)γ

and

0t1+τ4r1+τ2|kJ|2(1+τ+r)2ω2γ1+γ1+|u|dxdτ0t1(1+τ)1+γr1+τ2|kJ|2(1+|u|)2ωγ1+2γdxdτ0t1(1+τ)1+γΣτ|kJ|2ωγ1+2γdxdτ0tE¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)1+γdτC¯ε,

in view of bootstrap assumptions (9.4). We now assume that |J|N and we introduce η{0,γ} in order to unify the treatment of the remaining two cases. We have

rt+12|kJ|2ω1+γ+η1+γ-ηdx1(1+t)ηrt+12|kJ|21+t+rωγ2+2γdxE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](t)(1+t)η,0trτ+12|kJ|2ω1+γ+η1+γ-η1+|u|dxdτ0t1(1+τ)1+ηrτ+12|k|21+τ+rωγ2+2γdxdτ0tE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)1+ηdτ.

Applying the Hardy inequality of Lemma 3.11, one obtains

1+t4r1+t2|kJ|2(1+t+r)2ω1+γ+η1+γ-ηdx1(1+t)η1+t4r1+t2|kJ|2(1+t+r)(1+|u|)2ωγ2+2γdx1(1+t)ηΣτ|kJ|21+t+rωγ2+2γdxE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](t)(1+t)η

and

0t1+τ4r1+τ2|kJ|2(1+τ+r)2ω1+γ+η1+γ-η1+|u|dxdτ0t1(1+τ)1+ηr1+τ2|kJ|2ωγ2+2γdxdτ(1+τ+r)(1+|u|)20tE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)1+ηdτ.

Now recall from the bootstrap assumptions (9.4) and (9.5) that

t[0,T[,E¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](t)2C¯ε(1+t)2δ,t[0,T[,E˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](t)2C¯ε(1+t)2δ.

Using also that 2δ<γ, we can deduce (9.12)–(9.14) from the last estimates. We now turn on the second part of the proof. Note that

  • LL=L_L=0 and eAL=eAr, so that |kJ|LL-|(kLLJ)|1r|kJ|LT and |¯kJ|LL-|¯(kLLJ)|1r|kJ|LT.

  • χ|[0,14[=0 and 5r1+t+r if 4r1+t.

Hence,

E0,LL1+2γ,1χrt+1kJ-E01+2γ,1χrt+1kLLJ(t)rt+14|kJ|2(1+t+r)2ω1+2γ1dx+0trτ+14|kJ|LT2(1+τ+r)2ω1+2γ11+|u|dxdτ. 9.15

According to the Hardy type inequality of Lemma 3.11 and the bootstrap assumptions (9.5) and (9.7), we have, since 2δ<γ,18

rt+14|kJ|2(1+t+r)2ω1+2γ1dx1(1+t)γrt+14|kJ|2ωγ2+2γ(1+t+r)(1+|u|)2dx1(1+t)γrt+14|kJ|2(1+t+r)ωγ2+2γdxE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](t)(1+t)γC¯ε(1+t)2δ-γC¯ε,0trt+14|kJ|LT2(1+τ+r)2ω1+2γ11+|u|dxdτ0tΣτ|kJ|LT2(1+τ+r)2ω2γ2dxdτ0t1(1+τ)1+γΣτ|kJ|TU2ω1+γ1+γdxdτ0tEN,TU1+γ,1+γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)1+γdτCTUε.

The third inequality of the Lemma then ensues from (9.14), (9.15) and these last two estimates.

By similar considerations, one can obtain, for |J|N-1,

E0,TU2γ,1+γχrt+1kJ-(T,U)T×UE02γ,1+γχrt+1kTUJ(t)rt+14|kJ|2(1+t+r)2ω2γ1+γdx+0trτ+14|kJ|2(1+τ+r)2ω2γ1+γ1+|u|dxdτ. 9.16

and, for |J|N,

E0,TU1+γ,1+γχrt+1kJ-(T,U)T×UE01+γ,1+γχrt+1kTUJ(t)rt+14|kJ|2(1+t+r)2ω1+γ1+γdx+0trτ+14|kJ|2(1+τ+r)2ω1+γ1+γ1+|u|dxdτ. 9.17

All these integrals will be estimated using the Hardy inequality of Lemma 3.11. For those of (9.16), we have

rt+14|kJ|2(1+t+r)2ω2γ1+γdxrt+14|kJ|2(1+t)γωγ1+2γ(1+|u|)2dxE¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](t)(1+t)γ0trt+14|kJ|2(1+τ+r)2ω2γ1+γ1+|u|dxdτ0tΣτ|kJ|2(1+τ+r)2ω2γ-12+γdxdτ0tΣτ|kJ|2ωγ1+2γ(1+τ)1+γdxdτ0tE¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)1+γdτ.

Using the bootstrap assumptions (9.4) and 2δ<γ, we have

E¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](t)(1+t)γ+0tE¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)1+γdτC¯ε.

The first inequality of the Lemma follows from these last three estimates, (9.12) and (9.16). For the integrals on the right-hand side of (9.17), one has, according to the bootstrap assumption (9.5),

rt+14|kJ|2(1+t+r)2ω1+γ1+γdxrt+14|kJ|2ωγ2+2γ(1+t+r)(1+|u|)2dxE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](t)C¯ε(1+t)2δ,0trt+14|kJ|2(1+τ+r)2ω1+γ1+γ1+|u|dxdτ0tΣτ|kJ|2(1+τ+r)2ωγ2+γdxdτ0tE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](τ)1+τdτC¯ε(1+t)2δ.

The second inequality of the Lemma then ensues from the last two estimates, (9.13) and (9.17).

Pointwise Decay Estimates on the Metric

We prove here pointwise decay estimates on h1 and its (lower order) derivatives using the bootstrap assumptions (9.4) and (9.6). The Schwarzschild part h0 can always be estimated pointwise using its explicit form. This will then allow us to obtain asymptotic properties of h=h1+h0.

Proposition 10.1

We have, for all (t,x)[0,T[,

LZJ(h1)(t,x)ε(1+t+r)δ-1(1+|t-r|)-12,tr(1+t+r)δ-1(1+|t-r|)-1-γ,t<r,|J|N-3, 10.1
LZJ(h1)(t,x)ε(1+t+r)δ-1(1+|t-r|)12,tr(1+t+r)δ-1(1+|t-r|)-γ,t<r,|J|N-3, 10.2
¯LZJ(h1)(t,x)ε(1+t+r)δ-2(1+|t-r|)12,tr(1+t+r)δ-2(1+|t-r|)-γ,t<r,|J|N-4. 10.3

Proof

The first inequality directly follows from the bootstrap assumption (9.4) and the Klainerman–Sobolev inequality of Proposition 3.14, applied with a=0 and b=1+2γ. Let |J|N-3, θS2, (μ,ν)0,3 and

φμν:(u_,u)LZJ(h1)μνu_+u2,u_-u2θ,

so that LZJ(h1)(t,rθ)=φ(t+r,t-r). We start by considering the exterior of the light cone, that is we fix (t,r)[0,T[×R+ such that rt. Hence,

|LZJ(h1)(t,rθ)|μ=03ν=03φμν(t+r,t-r)=μ=03ν=03u=-t-rt-ruφμν(t+r,u)du+φμν(t+r,-t-r)u=-t-rt-rLZJ(h1)t+r+u2,t+r-u2θdu+LZJ(h1)0,(t+r)θε(1+t+r)1-δu=-t-rt-rdu(1+|u|)1+γ+ε(1+t+r)1+γε(1+t+r)1-δ(1+|r-t|)γ.

We can now treat the remaining region and we then fix (t,r)[0,T[×R+ such that rt. We have

LZJ(h1)(t,rθ)=μ=03ν=03u=0t-ruφμν(t+r,u)du+φμν(t+r,0)u=0t-rLZJ(h1)t+r+u2,t+r-u2θdu+LZJ(h1)t+r2,t+r2θε(1+t+r)1-δu=0t-rdu(1+|u|)12+ε(1+t+r)1-δε(1+|t-r|)12(1+t+r)1-δ.

For the third estimate, we use the inequality (3.11) of Lemma 3.3 and the estimate (10.2).

In order to obtain the decay rate of LZJ(h), for |J|N-3, it remains to study h0 and its derivatives. The following result is a direct consequence of Proposition 4.1 and Mε:

Proposition 10.2

For all ZJK|I|, there exists CJ>0 such that for all (t,x)R+×R3,

LZJ(h0)(t,x)CJε1+t+r,LZJ(h0)(t,x)CJε(1+t+r)2. 10.4

Remark 10.3

In the interior of the light cone, the behaviour of LZJ(h) is clearly given by LZJ(h1). In the exterior region, note that LZJ(h0) has a weaker decay rate than LZJ(h1) when r>2t but a stronger one when tr.

We can improve the decay estimates satisfied by certain null components of h1 through the wave gauge condition. According to Proposition 4.4 as well as the pointwise decay estimates given by Propositions 10.1 and 10.2 (recall that h=h0+h1), we obtain the following results.

Proposition 10.4

For any multi-index |J|N, there holds for all (t,x)[0,T[×R3,

LZJ(h1)LT2¯LZJ(h1)TU2+ε(1+t+r)41r1+t2+ε(1+t+r)6+ε(1+|u|)(1+t+r)2-2δ|K||J|LZK(h1)2+LZK(h1)2(1+|u|)2. 10.5

Remark 10.5

This inequality will be used several times in this article. Apart from its application during the proof of Propositions 12.8 and 13.4 below, we will always bound the term ¯LZJh1TU2 by ¯LZJh12.

Proposition 10.6

The following improved decay estimates hold. On the TU component, we have for all (t,x)[0,T[×R3,

LZJ(h1)TUε(1+t+r)δ2-1(1+|t-r|)-12+γ,tr(1+t+r)δ2-1(1+|t-r|)-1-γ2,t<r,|J|N-3. 10.6

On the LT and LL components, we have for all (t,x)[0,T[×R3,

LZJ(h1)LTε(1+t+r)2δ-2(1+|t-r|)12-δ,tr(1+t+r)2δ-2(1+|t-r|)-γ-δ,t<r,|J|N-4, 10.7
LZJ(h1)LTε(1+t+r)-1-γ+δ(1+|t-r|)12+γ,tr(1+t+r)-1-γ+δ,t<r,|J|N-4, 10.8
¯LZJ(h1)LLε(1+t+r)-2-γ+δ(1+|t-r|)12+γ,tr(1+t+r)-2-γ+δ,t<r,|J|N-5. 10.9

Proof

We start by the TU-components. According to Proposition 10.1, the estimate (10.6) holds in the region rt+12. If |x|t+12, the Klainerman–Sobolev inequality of Proposition 3.14 gives, for |J|N-3, since χ|]12,+]=1,

(1+t+r)ω-12+γ1+γ2|LZJ(h1)|TU0μ3(T,U)T×U|I|2ZIχr1+tμLZJ(h1)TUωγ1+γ2L2(Σt).

It then remains to bound the right-hand side of the previous inequality. Let us fix μ0,3 and (T,U)T×U. Using Lemma 3.13 we get, for any |I|2,

ZIχr1+tμLZJ(h1)TUωγ1+γ2L2(Σt)|Q|2ZQμLZJ(h1)TUωγ1+γ2L2rt+14.

We denote by [Z1Z2,X] the nested commutator [Z1,[Z2,X]] where Z1, Z2 and X are arbitrary vector fields. We can bound the right-hand side of the previous inequality by

D:=|K|+|L1|+|L2|2LZKμLZI(h1)([ZL1,T],[ZL2,U])ωγ1+γ2L2rt+14.

Note now that

  • either [LZ,μ]=0 or there exists ν0,3 such that [LZ,μ]=±ν.

  • Following the proof of (3.17) and using
    ZK,|Z(r)|+|Z(t+r)|1+t+r,|Z(t-r)|1+|t-r|,
    one can prove that for all r1+t4 and |L|2,
    [ZL,T]=WTbWW+XUdXX,[ZL,U]=YUb¯YY,
    where |dX|1+|t-r|1+t+r and |bW|+|b¯Y|1 since 1+t+rr in this region.

We then deduce, since 1+|t-r|1+t+rω-γ2γ2(1+t)-γ2, that

D|K||J|+2LZK(h1)TUωγ1+γ2L2rt+14+LZK(h1)1+|t-r|1+t+rωγ1+γ2L2rt+14EN-1,TU2γ,1+γ[h1](t)12+E¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](t)12(1+t)γ2.

The pointwise decay estimate (10.6) then follows from the bootstrap assumptions (9.4) and (9.6) as well as 2δ<γ.

Now consider the LT components and assume that |J|N-4. The first estimate can be obtained from the wave gauge condition (10.5) and the three inequalities of Proposition 10.1. For the second one, fix θS2 and consider, for TT, the function

φ:(u_,u)LZJ(h1)LTu_+u2,u_-u2θ,

so that LZJ(h1)LT(t,rθ)=φ(t+r,t-r). Since L_L=L_T=0, we have

2uφ(u_,u)=L_LZJ(h1)LTu_+u2,u_-u2θ=L_LZJh1LTu_+u2,u_-u2θ.

Let now (t,r)[0,T[×R+ such that rt. Using the estimate (10.7) and the good decay properties of the initial data, we obtain

|LZJ(h1)LT(t,rθ)|=φ(t+r,t-r)=u=-t-rt-ruφ(t+r,u)du+φ(t+r,-t-r)ε(1+t+r)2-2δu=-t-rt-rdu(1+|u|)γ+δ+LZI(h1)LT(0,(t+r)θ)ε(1+|-t-r|)1-γ-δ(1+t+r)2-2δ+ε(1+t+r)1+γε(1+t+r)1+γ-δ.

On the other hand, if rt, we have

LZJ(h1)LT(t,rθ)=φ(t+r,t-r)=u=0t-ruφ(t+r,u)du+φ(t+r,0)ε(1+t+r)2-2δu=0t-r(1+|u|)12-δdu+LZI(h1)LTt+r2,t+r2θε(1+|t-r|)32-δ(1+t+r)2-2δ+ε(1+t+r)1+γ-δε(1+|t-r|)12+γ(1+t+r)1+γ-δ.

Finally, (10.9) directly ensues from the estimate (3.14) of Lemma 3.3 and (10.8) if r1+t2 and from Proposition 10.1 otherwise.

Remark 10.7

Note that using Proposition 4.2 as well as the pointwise decay estimates given by Propositions 10.110.2 and 10.6 , one can check that

|H|1+|u|+|H|CC¯12ε(1+t+r)12(1+|u|)1+γ2,|H|LT1+|u|+|H|LT+|¯H|CC¯12ε1+t+r,

so that we will be able to apply the energy estimates of Propositions 7.5 and 8.1 for well-chosen parameters a and b.

The estimate |¯H|LLε1+|t-r|(1+t+r)2, which can be obtained in a similar way, will also be useful.

When h1 is differentiated by at least one translation, we can improve the pointwise decay estimates given by Propositions 10.1 and 10.6 . Note that certain of the following decay rates could be improved, in particular in the exterior of the light cone.

Proposition 10.8

Let J be a multi-index satisfying |J|N-5 and JT1, that is ZJ contains at least one translation. Then, for all (t,x)[0,T[×R3,

LZJ(h1)(t,x)ε(1+t+r)1-δ(1+|t-r|)32,LZJ(h1)(t,x)ε(1+t+r)1-δ(1+|t-r|)12,¯LZJ(h1)(t,x)ε(1+t+r)2-δ(1+|t-r|)12,LZJ(h1)LT(t,x)ε(1+t+r)2-2δ(1+|t-r|)12,LZJ(h1)LT(t,x)ε(1+|t-r|)12(1+t+r)2-2δ,¯LZJ(h1)LL(t,x)ε(1+|t-r|)12(1+t+r)3-2δ.

Proof

By assumption, there exists μ0,3 such that the translation μ is one of the vector fields which compose ZJ. Since [Z,μ]{0}{±ν/ν0,3} for all ZK, there exists integers CQJ,ν such that

LZJ(h1)=0ν3|Q||J|-1CQJ,νLνLZQ(h1).

We can then assume, without loss of generality, that LZJ(h1)=LμLZQ(h1) with |Q|N-6 and μ0,3. Using (3.11) and that [Z,μ]{0}{±ν/ν0,3} for all ZK, we obtain

(1+|t-r|)LZJ(h1)+(1+t+r)¯LZJ(h1)|J1|1LZJ1LμLZQ(h1)0ν3|J2|N-5LνLZJ2(h1).

Similarly, using (3.13) and (3.14), we get

LZJ(h1)LTLμLZQ(h1)1+t+r+0ν3|J1|1LνLZJ1LZQ(h1)LT1+|t-r|,¯LZJ(h1)LL|J1|1LZJ1LμLZQ(h1)LT1+t+r0ν3|J2|N-5LνLZJ2(h1)LT1+t+r.

All the estimates then ensue from Lν=ν and Propositions 10.1 and (10.7).

Bounds on the Source Terms of the Einstein Equations

The aim of this subsection is to bound the source terms of the commuted Einstein equations which are given in Section 4.3. We will control them sufficiently well to close the energy estimates but more decay in t-r could be proved for certain terms. We start by the semi-linear terms

LZIF(h)(h,h)μν=LZIP(h,h)μν+LZIQ(h,h)μν+LZIG(h)(h,h)μν.

Proposition 11.1

Let I be a multi-index with |I|N. Then

LZIF(h)(h,h)ε(1+t+r)4+ε(1+t+r)1-δ2(1+|u|)γ|J||I||LZJh1|TU+ε(1+t+r)1-δ1+|u||J||I|¯LZJh1+ε(1+|u|)12(1+t+r)2-2δ|J||I|LZJh1+LZJh11+|u|,LZIF(h)(h,h)TUε(1+t+r)4+ε(1+|u|)12(1+t+r)2-2δ|J||I|LZJh1+LZJh11+|u|+ε(1+t+r)1-δ1+|u||J||I|¯LZJh1,LZIF(h)(h,h)LLε(1+t+r)4+ε(1+|u|)12(1+t+r)2-2δ|J||I|LZJh1+LZJh11+|u|+|J||I|ε(1+t+r)1-δ1+|u|¯LZJh1TU.

Proof

Let |I|N and recall from Lemma 4.8 that there exist integers C^J,KI such that

LZIF(h)(h,h)μν=|J|+|K||I|C^J,KIP(μLZJh,νLZKh)+|J|+|K||I|C^J,KIQμν(LZJh,LZKh)+LZIG(h)(h,h)μν.

Moreover, according to Proposition 4.9 and the split h=h0+h1,

LZIG(h)(h,h)j,k,q{0,1}|J|+|K|+|Q||I|LZJhjLZKhkLZQhq.

We start by dealing with the cubic terms and we define, for j,k,q{0,1} and multi-indices JKQ such that |J|+|K|+|Q||I|,

IJ,K,Qj,k,q:=LZJhjLZKhkLZQhq.

Using the pointwise decay estimates given by Proposition 10.2 on h0 and its derivatives, we have

IJ,K,Q0,0,0+IJ,K,Q0,0,1+IJ,K,Q0,1,0+IJ,K,Q1,0,0ε32(1+t+r)5+ε(1+t+r)3|M||I|LZMh1+LZMh11+t+r. 11.1

Finally, using also the pointwise decay estimates given by Proposition 10.1 on h1 and its derivatives (at most one of the multi-indices J, K and Q has a length larger than N-3), it follows that

IJ,K,Q0,1,1+IJ,K,Q1,0,1+IJ,K,Q1,1,0ε(1+t+r)2-δ|M||I|LZMh1+LZMh11+t+r, 11.2
IJ,K,Q1,1,1ε(1+t+r)2-2δ|M||I|LZMh1+LZMh11+|u|. 11.3

The inequalities (11.1)–(11.3) provide a sufficiently good bound on the cubic terms for the purpose of proving the three estimates of Proposition 11.1. Consider now the semi-linear terms Q and P. Start by decomposing h into h0+h1 so that, using the pointwise decay estimates on h0 given in Proposition 10.2, we get for any null components (V,W)U2,

QVWLZJh,LZKhε(1+t+r)4+ε(1+t+r)2LZJh1+LZKh1+QVWLZJh1,LZKh1,PVLZJh,WLZKhε(1+t+r)4+ε(1+t+r)2LZJh1+LZKh1+PVLZJh1,WLZKh1.

It then remains to study the last term of the previous two inequalities for (V,W)UU (respectively (V,W)TU and (V,W)=(L,L)) in order to derive the first (respectively the second and the third) estimate of Proposition 11.1. For the quadratic terms P, recall from Lemma 3.1 that, if V=W=L_, the null condition is not satisfied. More precisely,

PLZJh1,LZKh1LZJh1TULZKh1TU+LZJh1LLLZKh1+LZJh1LZKh1LL.

Hence, using the pointwise decay estimates given by Propositions 10.110.2 and 10.6 as well as the wave gauge condition (4.12), we find that for any null components (V,W)U2,

PVLZJh1,WLZKh1ε(1+t+r)1-δ2(1+|u|)12-γ|M||I|LZMh1TU+ε(1+t+r)1-δ1+|u||M||I|¯LZMh1+ε(1+|u|)12-δ(1+t+r)2-2δ|M||I|LZMh1+|K|+|Q|+|M||I|k,q{0,1}IQ,K,Mq,k,1.

Since (1+|u|)γ(1+|u|)12-γ and according to (11.1)–(11.3), this bound is sufficient to prove the first estimate of the proposition. Now we deal with the TU components of P and the UU components of Q together. According to Lemma 3.1 and the pointwise decay estimates of Proposition 10.1, we have for any (T,U)T×U and (V,W)U2,

PTLZJh,ULZKh+QVWLZJh,LZKh¯LZJh1LZKh1+LZJh1¯LZKh1|M||I|ε1+|u|(1+t+r)2-δLZMh1+ε¯LZMh1(1+t+r)1-δ1+|u|.

Note that this inequality needs to be improved to obtain the third estimate of the Proposition, that is for the case T=U=V=W=L, but is sufficient for the first two estimates. Finally, applying again Proposition 10.1 and Lemma 3.1, we obtain

|P(LLZJh1,LLZJh1)|+|QLL(LZJh1,LZKh1)||LZJ(h1)||¯LZKh1|TU+|¯LZJh1|TU|LZKh1|ε1+|u|(1+t+r)2-δ|M||I|LZMh1+ε(1+t+r)1-δ1+|u||M||I||¯LZMh1|TU.

This implies the last estimate of the Proposition and concludes the proof.

Next we consider the Schwarzschild part h0.

Proposition 11.2

Let I be a multi-index such that |I|N and (μ,ν)0,32. Then,

LZI~gh0μνε(1+t+r)31{rt}+ε(1+t+r)41{rt}+ε(1+t+r)3|J|ILZJh1.

Proof

Recall from Subsection 4.3 the definition of the tensor field ~gh0 and start by decomposing ~g as ~η+Hσθσθ. Then, as η1r=0, we have, for all 0μ,ν3,

~g(h0)μν=ηχrt+1Mrδμν-rχrt+1Mr2δμν+Hσθσθχrt+1Mrδμν.

According to (3.9), it holds that

0μ,ν3LZI~gh0μν0λ,ξ3|Q||I|ZI~ghλξ0.

Fix then |Q||I|. One can easily check, by similar calculations as those made in the proof of Proposition 4.1 and in view of the support of χ, that

|J|+|K||Q|ZJηχrt+1ZKMr+ZJrχrt+1ZKMr2ε(1+t)31rt+12.

Similarly, since 1+t+rr on the support of χ(rt+1) and using (3.9), we have

|J|+|K||Q|ZJHσθZKσθχrt+1Mrε(1+t+r)3|J||Q|LZJH.

By Proposition 4.2, the split h=h0+h1 and the pointwise decay estimates of Propositions 10.1,10.2, we get

|J||I|LZJH11+t+r+|J||I|LZJh1,

and the result follows from the combination of all the previous identities.

We now estimate the error terms arising from the commutator ~gLZJh1-LZJ~gh1.

Proposition 11.3

Let nN and J, K be multi-indices such that |J|+|K|n and |K|n-1. For V,W{U,T,L}, it holds that

LZJ(H)αβαβLZK(h1)VW|Q|nε|LZQh1|VW1+t+r+|Q|nε|LZQh1|LL(1+t+r)1-δ(1+|u|)32+ε(1+|u|)12(1+t+r)2-2δ|Q|n|LZQh1|+|LZQh1|1+|u|.

For the LL component, we have the improved estimate

LZJ(H)αβαβLZK(h1)LL|Q|nε|LZQh1|LL1+t+r+ε(1+|u|)12(1+t+r)2-2δ|LZQh1|+|LZQh1|1+|u|.

Proof

Start by noticing that for V, W{U,T,L},

LZJ(H)αβαβLZK(h1)VW0λ3LZJHLLLλLZKh1VW+LZJH¯LλLZKh1VW.

Applying Lemma 3.3 and using that [Z,λ]{0}{±ν/0ν3} as well as Lν=ν yield

LZJ(H)αβαβLZK(h1)VW|Q||K|+1LZJHLL1+|u|LZQh1VW+LZJH1+t+rLZQh1.

Applying Proposition 4.2, which makes the transition from H to h precise, and then using the split h=h1+h0 as well as the pointwise decay estimates given by Propositions 10.2, for the Schwarzschild part h0, and 10.1 , for h1, one obtains

|LZJH|ε1+t+r+|M||J||LZMh1|,|LZJH|LLε1+t+r+|M||J||LZMh1|LL+1+|u|(1+t+r)1-δ|M||J||LZMh1|.

We then deduce that

LZJ(H)αβαβLZK(h1)VW|M|+|Q|n+1|M|,|Q|nε|LZQh1|VW(1+t+r)(1+|u|)+LZMh1LL|LZQh1|VW1+|u|+ε(1+t+r)2+LZMh11+t+r+LZMh1(1+t+r)1-δ(1+|u|)12|LZQh1|.

Note that one factor of each of the quadratic terms in h1 can be estimated pointwise since Nn13. Hence, using the decay estimates given by Propositions 10.1 and 10.6 , we obtain the following bound:

LZJ(H)αβαβLZK(h1)VW|M|n|Q|N-5LZMh1LL|LZQh1|VW1+|u|+ε(1+t+r)(1+|u|)+ε(1+|u|)12+γ(1+t+r)1+γ-δ(1+|u|)|Q|n|LZQh1|VW+ε1+|u|(1+t+r)2-δ+ε(1+t+r)2-2δ|M|n|LZMh1|+|LZMh1|1+|u|.

In order to estimate the first term on the right-hand side of the previous inequality, we use the pointwise decay estimates of Propositions 10.1 and 10.6 which provide

|LZQh1|VWε(1+t+r)1-δ(1+|u|)12

and, if V=W=L,

|LZQh1|VWε(1+|u|)12(1+t+r)2-2δ.

The asserted bounds now follow (note that we use δ12 and that we do not keep all the decay given by the last estimates).

Finally we bound the error terms coming from the commutation of ~g with the contraction with the frame fields TU or LL and the commutation of ~g with the multiplication by the characteristic function χr1+t.

Lemma 11.4

Let kμν be a (2, 0) tensor field and (T,U)T×U. Then

~g(kTU)-~g(kμν)TμUν1r|¯k|+1r2|k|+ε1+|u|r(1+t+r)1-δ|k|,~gkLL-~gkμνLμLν1r|¯k|TU+1r2|k|+ε(1+|u|)12r(1+t+r)1-δ|k|.

Proof

We will use, in the upcoming calculations, that

~g=-t2+r2+2rr+AA+Hαβαβ,UU,rU=0,

and that, for any UU, there exist bounded functions aU,V and bU,V such that

AU=1rVUaU,VV,AAU=1r2VUbU,VV. 11.4

These last relations can be proved similarly as (3.16). As a consequence, we immediately deduce that for any (T,U)T×U,

-t2(kTU)+r2(kTU)+2rr(kTU)--t2(kμν)+r2(kμν)+2rr(kμν)TμUν=0

and, also using Proposition 4.2 combined with the decay estimates of Proposition 10.1,

Hαβαβ(kTU)-Hαβαβ(kμν)1r|H||k|+1r2|H||k|ε(1+|u|)12r(1+t+r)1-δ|k|+1r2|k|.

These two estimates are good enough to prove the two inequalities of the Lemma (recall that (L,L)T×U). It then remains us to study the commutation of the frame fields with AA. If (T,U)T×U, one has, since AA(kμν)TμUν=AA(k)(T,U),

AA(kTU)-AA(kμν)TμUν=A(k)(AT,U)+A(k)(T,AU)+k(AAT,U)+k(T,AAU).

The first inequality of the Lemma can then be obtained using (11.4) and |Ak||¯k|. For the second one, we apply the last equality to T=U=L and we remark that, using again (11.4), |A(k)(AL,L)|1r|¯k|TU. This concludes the proof.

Lemma 11.5

Let ϕ be a sufficiently regular scalar function. Then

~gχr1+tϕ-χr1+t~gϕ1{1+t4r1+t2}|ϕ|(1+t+r)2+|ϕ|1+t+r.

Proof

Let us denote χ(rt+1) merely by χ. Start by noticing that

~g(χϕ)=η(χϕ)+Hμνμν(χϕ). 11.5

Using that Inline graphic, one gets, as Aχ=0,

ηχϕ=χη(ϕ)+ηχϕ-L_χL(ϕ)-L_ϕLχ. 11.6

Now, according to Lemma 3.13, we have

t,xχ11+t+r1{14rt+112}, 11.7
t,x2χ1(1+t+r)21{14rt+112}. 11.8

We then deduce that

ηχϕ-L_χL(ϕ)-L_ϕLχ|ϕ|(1+t+r)21{14r1+t12}+|ϕ|1+t+r1{14rt+112}. 11.9

We now focus on the second part

Hμνμν(χϕ)=χHμνμνϕ+Hμνμν(χ)ϕ+2Hμνμ(χ)ν(ϕ). 11.10

Using again (11.7), we obtain, as |H|1,

Hμνμν(χ)ϕ+Hμνμ(χ)ν(ϕ)|ϕ|(1+t+r)21{14rt+112}+|ϕ|1+t+r1{14rt+112}.

The result then follows from the combination of this last inequality with (11.5), (11.6), (11.9) and (11.10).

Remark 11.6

Note that the error terms given by Lemmas 11.4 and 11.5 are of size ε whereas the source terms of the Einstein equations are of size ε. For this reason, we will have to consider a hierarchy between the different energy norms considered for h1. In particular, when we will improve the bootstrap assumption on EN,TU1+γ,1+γ[h1] (respectively EN,LL1+2γ,1[h1]), the terms given by the previous two lemmas will have to be bounded indenpendantly of CTU and CLL (respectively CLL).

Improved Energy Estimates for the Metric Perturbations

Improved Energy Estimates for the General Components of h1

The aim of this subsection is to improve the bootstrap assumptions on the energy norms E¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1] and E˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1]. We start by the first one. For this, recall from Remark 10.7 that we can apply the second energy estimate of Proposition 7.5 to LZJ(h1) for (a,b)=(γ,1+2γ) and for any |J|N-1. Consequently, by the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and the bootstrap assumption (9.4), we obtain, for all t[0,T[,

E¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](t)C_E¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](0)+Cε0tE¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](τ)1+τdτ+C_|J|N-10tE¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](τ)1+τdτ0tΣτ(1+τ)~gLZJh12ω01+2γdxdτ12C_ε+Cε32(1+t)2δ+Cε|J|N-10tΣτ(1+τ)~gLZJh12ω01+2γdxdτ, 12.1

where C_>0 is an absolute constant which does not depend on the boostrap constant C¯, while the constant C appearing in the second and third terms on the right-hand side might depend on the C¯. We are now ready to prove the following result.

Proposition 12.1

Suppose that the energy momentum tensor T[f] of the Vlasov field satisfies, for all t[0,T[,

|I|N-10tΣτ(1+τ)LZI(T[f])2ω01+2γdxdτε2(1+t)2δ.

Then, if C¯ is chosen sufficiently large and if ε is small enough, we have

t[0,T[,E¯N-1γ,1+2δ[h1](t)12C¯ε(1+t)2δ.

Proof

In view of the commutation formula of Proposition 4.9, the analysis of the source terms of the wave equation satisfied by LZJ(h1)μν, which has been carried out in Section 11, and the inequality (12.1), we are led to bound sufficiently well the following integrals, defined for all multi-indices |J|N-1:

I0:=ε20t{rτ}1+τ(1+τ+r)6dxdτ+ε20t{rτ}1+τ(1+τ+r)8(1+|u|)1+2γdxdτ,I1J:=ε0tΣτ(1+τ)|LZJh1|TU2(1+τ+r)2-δ(1+|u|)2γω01+2γdxdτ,I2J:=ε0tΣτ(1+τ)¯LZJh12(1+τ+r)2-2δ(1+|u|)ω01+2γdxdτ,I3J:=ε0tΣτ1+τ(1+τ+r)4-4δ(1+|u|)LZJh12+LZJh121+|u|ω01+2γdxdτ,I4J:=ε0tΣτ1+τ(1+τ+r)2LZJ(h1)2ω01+2γdxdτ,I5J:=ε0tΣτ1+τ(1+τ+r)2-2δ(1+|u|)3LZJ(h1)LL2ω01+2γdxdτ,I6J:=0tΣτ(1+τ)LZJ(T[f])2ω01+2γdxdτ.

Let us precise that

  • Proposition 11.2 gives the terms I0 and I3J.

  • Proposition 11.1 gives the terms I0, I1J, I2J and I3J.

  • Proposition 11.3 gives I3J, I4J and I5J.

  • I6J is the source term related to the Vlasov field. It is estimated in Proposition 14.15.

According to (12.1), the result follows if we prove, for any |J|N-1 and all q1,6,

I0ε2,|J|N-1,IqJε2(1+t)2δ.

For later use, it will be useful to bound I0 by an auxiliary quantity I¯0. Since 1+2γ2, one easily finds that

I0I¯0:=ε20tr=0+r2dr(1+τ+r)92dτε20tdτ(1+τ)32ε2.

We fix |J|N-1. Using the bootstrap assumption (9.6), we get

I1J0tε(1+τ)1-δΣτ|LZJh1|TU2ω2γ1+γdxdτ0tεEN-1,TU2γ,1+γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)1-δdτε20t(1+τ)δ(1+τ)1-δdτε2(1+t)2δ.

By the crude estimate (1+|u|)γ(1+τ+r)1-2δ and the bootstrap assumption (9.4), one obtains

I2Jε0tΣτ¯LZJ(h1)2ωγ1+2γ1+|u|dxdτεE¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](t)ε2(1+t)2δ.

The Hardy type inequality of Lemma 3.11 yields

I3J0tε(1+τ)2-4δΣτLZJ(h1)2+LZI(h1)2(1+|u|)2ω01+2γdxdτ,0tε(1+τ)2-4δΣτLZJ(h1)2ω01+2γdxdτ.

We then deduce, using the bootstrap assumption (9.4) and 6δ12, that

I3Jε0tE¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)2-4δdτε20t(1+τ)2δ(1+τ)2-4δdτε2. 12.2

The next term can be estimated easily, using again the bootstrap assumption (9.4),

I4Jε0tE¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](τ)1+τdτε2(1+t)2δ.

For I5J, the first step consists in applying the Hardy inequality of Lemma 3.11. For this reason, we cannot exploit all the decay in u=t-r in the exterior region (for simplicity, we do not keep all the decay in t-r that we have at our disposal in the interior region as well). We have

I5Jε0tΣτLZJh1LL2(1+t+r)1-2δωγ+2δ1+2γ-2δ(1+|u|)2dxdτε0tΣτLZJh1LL2ωγ1+2γ(1+t+r)1-2δ(1+|u|)2δdxdτ.

Now, recall from (10.5) that

LZJh1LL2¯LZJh12+ε(1+t+r)41r1+t2+ε(1+t+r)6+ε(1+|u|)(1+t+r)2-2δ|K||J|LZKh12+LZKh12(1+|u|)2.

Then, remark that, since 1+|u|1+τ+r,

ε0tΣτ¯LZJh12ωγ1+2γ(1+t+r)1-2δ(1+|u|)2δdxdτεE¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](t),

so that, according to the bootstrap assumption (9.4) and the previous calculations,

I5JεE¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](t)+I¯0+|K||J|I3Kε2(1+t)2δ.

Finally, the required bound on I6J is given by the assumptions of the proposition. This concludes the proof.

In order to improve the bootstrap assumption (9.4), one then only has to combine the previous result with Proposition 14.15, which will be proved in Subsection 14.3.

We now turn on E˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1]. In the same way that we derive (12.1), one can prove using the third energy estimate of Proposition 7.5, the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and the bootstrap assumption (9.5), that, for all t[0,T[,

E˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](t)C_ε+Cε32(1+t)2δ+Cε|J|N0tΣτ~gLZJh12ωγ2+2γdxdτ, 12.3

where C_>0 is a constant which does not depend on C¯. This last estimate, combined with Proposition 14.15 and the following result improve the bootstrap assumption (9.5) if ε is small enough and provided that C¯ is chosen large enough.

Proposition 12.2

Assume that for all t[0,T[,

|I|N0tΣτ(1+τ+r)LZI(T[f])2ωγ2+2γdxdτε2(1+t)1+2δ.

Then, if C¯ is chosen sufficiently large and if ε is small enough, we have

t[0,T[,E˚Nγ,2+2δ[h1](t)C¯ε(1+t)2δ.

Proof

The proof is similar to the one of Proposition 12.1. In view of the commutation formula of Proposition 4.9 and the estimates obtained on the error terms in Propositions 11.1-11.3, the result would follow if we bound by ε2(1+t)2δ the following integrals, defined for all multi-indices |J|N.

I˚0:=ε20t{rτ}1(1+τ+r)6(1+|u|)γdxdτ+ε20t{rτ}(1+|u|)2+2γ(1+τ+r)8dxdτ,I˚1J:=ε0tΣτ|LZJh1|TU2(1+τ+r)2-δ(1+|u|)2γωγ2+2γdxdτ,I˚2J:=ε0tΣτ¯LZJh12(1+τ+r)2-2δ(1+|u|)ωγ2+2γdxdτ,I˚3J:=ε0tΣτ1(1+τ+r)4-4δ(1+|u|)LZJh12+LZJh121+|u|ωγ2+2γdxdτ,I˚4J:=ε0tΣτ1(1+τ+r)2LZJ(h1)2ωγ2+2γdxdτ,I˚5J:=ε0tΣτ1(1+τ+r)2-2δ(1+|u|)3LZJ(h1)LL2ωγ2+2γdxdτ,I˚6J:=0tΣτLZJ(T[f])2ωγ2+2γdxdτ.

Note first that, using (12.2), I˚0I¯0ε2. We fix |J|N for the remainder of the proof. Using the bootstrap assumption (9.5), we directly obtain

I˚4J0tε1+τΣτLZJ(h1)21+τ+rωγ2+2γdxdτε0tE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](τ)1+τdτε2(1+t)2δ.

By the bootstrap assumption (9.7) and γ>3δ, we get

I˚1J0tΣτε|LZJh1|TU2(1+τ)1+γ-δω1+γ1+γdxdτ0tεEN,TU1+γ,1+γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)1+γ-δdτε20t(1+τ)2δdτ(1+τ)1+γ-δε2.

Since 1-2δ0, the bootstrap assumption (9.5) gives

I˚2Jε0tΣτ¯LZJ(h1)21+τ+r·ωγ2+2γ1+|u|dxdτεE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](t)ε2(1+t)2δ.

Using first the Hardy type inequality of Lemma 3.11 as well as the inequality 1+|u|1+τ+r and then the bootstrap assumption (9.5) as well as 7δ1, we obtain

I˚3JI¯3J:=0tε(1+τ)2-4δΣτ11+τ+rLZJ(h1)2+LZI(h1)2(1+|u|)2ωγ2+2γdxdτ,0tε(1+τ)2-4δΣτLZJ(h1)21+τ+rωγ2+2γdxdτε0tE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)2-4δdτε2. 12.4

Applying the Hardy inequality of Lemma 3.11, we get

I˚5Jε0tΣτLZJh1LL2(1+t+r)2-2δω1+γ1+2γ(1+|u|)2dxdτε0tΣτLZJh1LL2(1+t+r)2-2δω1+γ1+2γdxdτ.

Using (10.5) and ω1+γ1+2γ=ωγ2+2γ1+|u|, we obtain by (12.2) and (12.4),

I˚5JI˚2J+I¯0+|K||J|I¯3Kε2(1+t)2δ.

Finally, by the assumptions of the Proposition and Lemma 3.12,

I˚60tΣτ1+τ+r1+τLZJ(T[f])2ωγ2+2γdxdτε2(1+t)2δ.

Remark 12.3

The proofs of Propositions 12.1 and 12.2, combined with (12.1) and (12.3), give the bound

E¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](t)+E˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](t)C_ε+C^ε32(1+t)2δ.

As a consequence, the constant C¯ can be chosen independently of CTU and CLL, provided that ε is small enough.

TU-Energy

In this subsection we improve the bootstrap assumptions on the energies EN-1,TU2γ,1+γ[h1] and EN,TU1+γ,1+γ[h1]. More precisely, we prove the following result which, combined with Proposition 14.15, improves (9.6) and (9.7) provided that ε is small enough and CTU chosen large enough.

Proposition 12.4

Suppose that the energy momentum tensor T[f] of the Vlasov field fulfils

t[0,T[,|I|N0tΣτ(1+τ)LZIT[f]TU2ω2γ1+γdxdτε2. 12.5

Then, there exist a constant C0 independent of ε, CTU and CLL and a constant C independent of ε, such that, for all t[0,T[,

EN-1,TU2γ,1+γ[h1](t)C0CTU12ε(1+t)δ+Cε32(1+t)δ,EN,TU1+γ,1+γ[h1](t)C0CTU12ε(1+t)2δ+Cε32(1+t)2δ.

Remark 12.5

Note that CTU has to be fixed sufficiently large compared to C¯ but there is no restriction related to CLL.

All the constants hidden by will not depend on CTU nor on CLL to simplify the presentation of the following calculations. This convention will hold in and only in this subsection. We mention that all the energy norms which will be used here are defined in Subsection 3.7. We start with the following result:

Proposition 12.6

There exist a constant C0 independent of ε, CTU and CLL such that, for all t[0,T[,

graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ775_HTML.gif

Proof

As these two estimates can be obtained in a very similar way, we only prove the second one. In order to lighten the notations, let us introduce ϕTUJ:=χ(rt+1)LZJ(h1)TU for any |J|N and (T,U)T×U. We can obtain from the first energy inequality of Proposition 7.5, Remark 10.7 and the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality that,

E1+γ,1+γϕTUJ(t)E1+γ,1+γϕTUJ(0)+ε0tE1+γ,1+γ[ϕTUJ](τ)1+τdτ+0tE1+γ,1+γϕTUJ(τ)1+τdτ0tΣτ(1+τ)~gϕTUJ2ω1+γ1+γdxdτ12.

According to Lemma 9.2, the smallness assumption on h1(t=0) and the bootstrap assumption (9.7), we obtain, using also CTU1,

E1+γ,1+γϕTUJ(0)EN,TU1+γ,1+γ[h1](0)+εE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](0)+εε,0tE1+γ,1+γ[ϕTUJ](τ)1+τdτ0tEN,TU1+γ,1+γ[h1](τ)+ε(1+τ)2δ1+τdτCTUε(1+t)2δ,EN,TU1+γ,1+γ[h1](t)(T,U)T×U|J|NE1+γ,1+γ[ϕTUJ](t)+ε(1+t)2δ.

It then remains to combine these last four estimates.

Proposition 12.4 then ensues from the following two results:

Proposition 12.7

Assume that (12.5) holds. Then, there exist a constant C0 independent of ε, CTU and CLL and a constant C independent of ε, such that the following estimate holds: for any |J|N-1, (T,U)T×U and for all t[0,T[,

0tΣτ(1+τ)~gχrt+1LZJ(h1)TU2ω2γ1+γdxdτC0ε+Cε2(1+t)δ.

Proof

According to the commutation formula of Proposition 4.9 and the result of Section 11, the proposition would follow if we could bound sufficiently well the quantities JkJ defined below, for any multi-index J satisfying |J|N-1 and any null components (T,U)T×U.

Those arising from the commutation of the wave operator with the cut-off function (see Lemma 11.5),

J1J:=0t14rτ+112(1+τ)LZJ(h1)TU2(1+τ+r)2+|LZJ(h1)TU|2(1+τ+r)4ω2γ1+γdxdτ.

Those coming from the commutation of the contraction with TU and the wave operator (see Lemma 11.4),

J2J:=0trτ+14(1+τ)|LZJ(h1)|2r4ω2γ1+γdxdτJ3J:=0trτ+14(1+τ)1+|u|r2(1+τ+r)2-2δ|LZJ(h1)|2ω2γ1+γdxdτ,J4J:=0trτ+14(1+τ)|¯LZJ(h1)|2r2ω2γ1+γdxdτ.

Those coming from the contraction of ~gLZJ(h1)μν with TμUν,

J5:=ε20t{rτ}(1+τ)dxdτ(1+τ+r)6(1+|u|)2γ+ε20t{rτ}1+τ(1+τ+r)8(1+|u|)1+γdxdτ,J6J:=ε0tΣτ(1+τ)(1+|u|)(1+τ+r)4-4δ|LZJ(h1)|2+|LZJ(h1)|2(1+|u|)2ω2γ1+γdxdτ,J7J:=ε0tΣτ(1+τ)¯LZJ(h1)2(1+τ+r)2-2δ(1+|u|)ω2γ1+γdxdτ,J8J:=ε0tΣτ(1+τ)|LZJ(h1)|LL2(1+τ+r)2-2δ(1+|u|)3ω2γ1+γdxdτ,J9J:=ε0tΣτ(1+τ)|LZJ(h1)|TU2(1+τ+r)2ω2γ1+γdxdτ,J10J:=0tΣτ(1+τ)LZJ(T[f])TU2ω2γ1+γdxdτ.

Note that we used that χr1+t1 for these last terms. Moreover,

  • Proposition 11.1 gives us the terms J5, J6J and J7J.

  • Proposition 11.2 leads us to control J5 and J6J.

  • Proposition 11.3 gives the terms J6J, J8J and J9J.

  • J10J is the source term related to the Vlasov field, it is estimated in Proposition 14.15.

We fix |J|N-1 and (T,U)T×U for all this proof. Let us start by dealing with JkJ, k5,10. Using (12.2), we have J5I¯0ε2 and J10Jε2 holds by assumption. According to the bootstrap assumption (9.6), we have EN-1,TU2γ,1+γ[h1](τ)CTUε(1+t)δ, so that

J9Jε0tΣτ|LZJ(h1)|TU21+τω2γ1+γdxdτε0tEN-1,TU2γ,1+γ[h1](τ)1+τdτCTUε2(1+t)δ.

For J8J, we start by applying the Hardy inequality of Lemma 3.11. For this reason, we cannot use all the decay in t-r in the exterior region. We have

J8Jε0tΣτ|LZJ(h1)|LL2ω1+2γ1+γ(1+τ+r)1-2δ(1+|u|)2dxdτε0tΣτ|LZJ(h1)|LL2(1+τ+r)1-2δω1+2γ1+γdxdτ.

Using (10.5) yields

J8JJ¯8J+I¯0+|K||J|J6K,

where I¯0 is defined and bounded by ε2 in (12.2) and

J¯8J:=ε0tΣτ|¯LZJ(h1)|2(1+τ+r)1-2δω1+2γ1+γdxdτ.

Since J7JJ¯8J, it only remains to deal with J6J and J¯8J. As 5δ<γ, we have, using Lemma 3.12 and the bootstrap assumption (9.4),

J¯8Jε0tΣτ|¯LZJ(h1)|2(1+τ)γ-2δωγ1+2γ1+|u|dxdτε2.

Finally, we use (12.2) in order to get J6JI3Jε2.

Let us focus now on J1J, J2J, J3J and J4J. Since these integrals are of size ε (and not ε2), we cannot use the bootstrap assumptions (9.6)–(9.8) to control them as it would give us a bound larger than CTUε(1+t)δ. We will use several times the inequality 1+τ+r5r, which holds for all rτ+14 (and then on the domain of integration of all these integrals). Since |(LZJ(h1)TU)||LZJ(h1)|+1r|LZJ(h1)| and 1+τ+r1+|τ-r| for all rτ+12, we have

J1J0t1(1+τ)1+γ1+τ4r1+τ2|LZJ(h1)|2+|LZJ(h1)|2(1+|u|)2dx(1+|u|)γdτ.

We also have

J2J0t1(1+τ)1+γr1+τ4|LZJ(h1)|2(1+|u|)2ωγ1+2γdτ.

Hence, by the Hardy type inequality of Lemma 3.11 and using the bootstrap assumption (9.4) as well as γ-2δ>0, we obtain

J1J+J2J0t1(1+τ)1+γΣτ|LZJ(h1)|2ωγ1+2γdτ0tE¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)1+γdτε.

Since 1-4δ+γ>0, we get from the bootstrap assumption (9.4) that

J3J0t1(1+τ)2-2δ+γr1+τ4|LZJ(h1)|2ωγ1+2γdxdτ0tE¯N-1γ,1+2γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)2-2δ+γdτε.

Finally, Lemma 3.12, combined with the bootstrap assumption (9.4) and γ3δ, gives

J4J0tr1+τ4|¯LZJ(h1)|2(1+τ)γωγ1+2γ1+|u|dxdτε.

Proposition 12.8

Assume that (12.5) holds. Then, there exist a constant C0 independent of ε, CTU and CLL and a constant C independent of ε, such that the following estimate holds: for any |J|N, (T,U)T×U and for all t[0,T[,

0tΣτ(1+τ)~gχrt+1LZJ(h1)TU2ω1+γ1+γdxdτC0ε+Cε2(1+t)2δ.

Proof

The proof is similar to the one of Proposition 12.7. According to the commutation formula of Proposition 4.9, Propositions 11.1-11.3 and Lemma 11.4-11.5, it is sufficient to bound by C0ε+Cε2(1+t)2δ the following integrals, defined for any |J|N and (T,U)T×U.

J1J:=0t14rτ+112(1+τ)LZJ(h1)TU2(1+τ+r)2+|LZJ(h1)TU|2(1+τ+r)4ω1+γ1+γdxdτ,J2J:=0trτ+14(1+τ)|LZJ(h1)|2r4ω1+γ1+γdxdτJ3J:=0trτ+14(1+τ)1+|u|r2(1+τ+r)2-2δ|LZJ(h1)|2ω1+γ1+γdxdτ,J4J:=0trτ+14(1+τ)|¯LZJ(h1)|2r2ω1+γ1+γdxdτ,J5:=ε20t{rτ}(1+τ)dxdτ(1+τ+r)6(1+|u|)1+γ+ε20t{rτ}(1+τ)(1+|u|)1+γ(1+τ+r)8dxdτ,J6J:=ε0tΣτ(1+τ)(1+|u|)(1+τ+r)4-4δ|LZJ(h1)|2+|LZJ(h1)|2(1+|u|)2ω1+γ1+γdxdτ,J7J:=ε0tΣτ(1+τ)¯LZJ(h1)2(1+τ+r)2-2δ(1+|u|)ω1+γ1+γdxdτ,J8J:=ε0tΣτ(1+τ)|LZJ(h1)|LL2(1+τ+r)2-2δ(1+|u|)3ω1+γ1+γdxdτ,J9J:=ε0tΣτ(1+τ)|LZJ(h1)|TU2(1+τ+r)2ω1+γ1+γdxdτ,J10J:=0tΣτ(1+τ)LZJ(T[f])TU2ω1+γ1+γdxdτ.

We fix, for all this proof, |J|N and (T,U)T×U. Using (12.2), the hypothesis (12.5) and the bootstrap assumption (9.7), we have

J5I¯0ε2,J10Jε2,J9Jε0tEN,TU2γ,1+γ[h1](τ)1+τdτCTUε2(1+t)2δ.

For J8J, as previsouly for similar integrals, we cannot keep all the decay in t-r when we apply the Hardy inequality of Lemma 3.11 (the problem comes from the exterior region). We have, since 12δ,

J8Jε0tΣτ|LZJ(h1)|LL2ω1+γ+2δ1+γ-2δ(1+τ+r)1-2δ(1+|u|)2dxdτε0tΣτ|LZJ(h1)|LL2(1+τ+r)1-2δω1+γ1+γ(1+|u|)2δdxdτ.

Using (10.5) yields

J8JJ¯8J+I¯0+|K||J|J6K,

where I¯0ε2 according to (12.2) and, using 1+τ+r1+|u| as well as the bootstrap assumption (9.7),

J¯8J:=ε0tΣτ|¯LZJ(h1)|TU2ω1+γ1+γ(1+τ+r)1-2δ(1+|u|)2δdxdτεEN,TU1+γ,1+γ[h1](t)CTUε2(1+t)2δ.

Note now that J7JJ¯8J and, using (12.4), J6KI¯3Kε2. Consequently,

J6J+J7J+J8J(1+CTU)ε2(1+t)2δ.

We now turn on J1J, J2J, J3J and J4J which are of size ε and then cannot be bounded using the bootstrap assumptions (9.6)–(9.8). Recall that the inequality 1+τ+r5r holds on the domain of integration of all these integrals. Since |(LZJ(h1)TU)||LZJ(h1)|+1r|LZJ(h1)| and 1+τ+r1+|τ-r| for all rτ+12, we have

J1J0t11+τ1+τ4r1+τ211+τ+r|LZJ(h1)|2+|LZJ(h1)|2(1+|u|)2dx(1+|u|)γdτ.

We also have

J2J0t11+τr1+τ4|LZJ(h1)|2(1+τ+r)(1+|u|)2ωγ2+γdτ,J3J0t1(1+τ)2-2δr1+τ4|LZJ(h1)|21+τ+rωγ2+γdxdτ.

Applying the Hardy type inequality of Lemma 3.11 and using the bootstrap assumption (9.5), we get

J1J+J2J+J3J0t11+τΣτ|LZJ(h1)|21+τ+rωγ2+γdτ0tE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](τ)1+τdτε(1+t)2δ.

Finally, the bootstrap assumption (9.5) gives

J4J0tr1+τ4|¯LZJ(h1)|21+τ+rωγ2+γ1+|u|dxdτE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](t)ε(1+t)2δ.

LL-Energy

The purpose of this subsection is to prove the following result which, combined with Proposition 14.15, improves the bootstrap assumption (9.8) provided that ε is small enough and CLL chosen large enough.

Proposition 12.9

Assume that the following estimate holds

|J|N0tΣτ(1+τ)LZJ(T[f])LL2ω1+2γ1dxdτε2. 12.6

Then there exist a constant C0 independent of ε and CLL and a constant C independent of ε, such that

t[0,T[,EN,LL1+2γ,1[h1](t)C0(1+CLL12)ε(1+t)δ+Cε32(1+t)δ.

Remark 12.10

For the conclusion of the previous proposition, it was crucial that C¯ and CTU were fixed independently of CLL (see Remarks 12.3 and 12.5 ).

In order to simplify the presentation of the following computations, all the constants hidden by will not depend on CLL. This convention will hold in and only in this subsection. The following result is the first step of the proof.

Proposition 12.11

There exists a constant C0 independent of ε and CLL, such that, for all t[0,T[,

EN,LL1+2γ,1[h1](t)C0ε+C0(1+CLL)ε32(1+t)δ+|J|NC0(1+CLL12)ε12(1+t)δ2×0tΣτ(1+τ)~gχrt+1LZJ(h1)LL2ω1+2γ1dxdτ12. 12.7

Proof

In order to lighten the notations, let us introduce ϕJ:=χ(rt+1)LZJ(h1)LL for any |J|N. We can obtain from the second energy inequality of Proposition 7.5 and the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality that

E1+2γ,1ϕJ(t)E1+2γ,1ϕJ(0)+ε0tE1+2γ,1[ϕJ](τ)1+τdτ+0tE1+2γ,1ϕJ(τ)1+τdτ0tΣτ(1+τ)~gϕJ2ω1+2γ1dxdτ12.

According to Lemma 9.2, the smallness assumption on h1(t=0) and the bootstrap assumption (9.8), we obtain

E1+2γ,1ϕJ(0)EN,LL1+2γ,1[h1](0)+εE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](0)+εε,0tE1+2γ,1[ϕJ](τ)1+τdτ0tEN,LL1+2γ,1[h1](τ)+ε1+τdτ(CLL+1)ε(1+t)δ,EN,LL1+2γ,1[h1](t)|J|NE1+2γ,1[ϕJ](t)+ε.

It then remains to combine these last four estimates.

We are then led to prove the following proposition:

Proposition 12.12

Assume that (12.6) holds. Then, there exist a constant C0 independent of ε and CLL and a constant C independent of ε, such that, for all t[0,T[,

0tΣτ(1+τ)~gχrt+1LZJ(h1)LL2ω1+2γ1dxdτC0ε+Cε2(1+t)δ.

Proof

Let us point out that CLL will only appear when we will use the bootstrap assumption (9.8). In order to prove this result, we are led to bound sufficiently well the following spacetime integrals where the multi-index J will satisfy |J|N.

Those coming from the commutation of the wave operator with the cut-off function (see Lemma 11.5),

L1J:=0t14rτ+112(1+τ)LZJ(h1)LL2(1+τ+r)2+|LZJ(h1)LL|2(1+τ+r)4ω1+2γ1dxdτ.

Those coming from the commutation of the contraction with LL and the wave operator (see Lemma 11.4),

L2J:=0trτ+14(1+τ)|LZJ(h1)|2r4ω1+2γ1dxdτL3J:=0trτ+14(1+τ)1+|u|r2(1+τ+r)2-2δ|LZJ(h1)|2ω1+2γ1dxdτ,L4J:=0trτ+14(1+τ)|¯LZJ(h1)|TU2r2ω1+2γ1dxdτ.

Those coming from the contraction of ~gLZI(h1)μν with LμLν,

L5:=ε20t{rτ}(1+τ)dxdτ(1+τ+r)6(1+|u|)1+2γ+ε20t{rτ}1+τ(1+τ+r)8(1+|u|)dxdτ,L6J:=ε0trτ+14(1+τ)(1+|u|)(1+τ+r)4-4δ|LZJ(h1)|2+|LZJ(h1)|2(1+|u|)2ω1+2γ1dxdτ,L7J:=ε0trτ+14(1+τ)¯LZJ(h1)TU2(1+τ+r)2-2δ(1+|u|)ω1+2γ1dxdτ,L8J:=ε0trτ+141+τ(1+τ+r)2|LZJ(h1)|LL2ω1+2γ1dxdτ,L9J:=0trτ+14(1+τ)LZJ(T[f])LL2ω1+2γ1dxdτ.

More precisely,

  • Proposition 11.1 gives us the terms L5, L6J and L7J.

  • Proposition 11.2 leads us to control L5 and L6J.

  • Proposition 11.3 gives the terms L6J and L8J.

  • L9J is the source term related to the Vlasov field. It is estimated in Proposition 14.15.

We start by the easiest ones, L5, L6J, L7J, L8J and L9J. First, according to (12.2), the hypotheses (12.6) and (12.4),

L5I¯0ε2,L9ε2,J6JI¯3ε2.

We obtain from Lemma 3.12, the bootstrap assumption (9.7) and 2δ<1-2δ, that

L7J0tε(1+τ)1-2δΣτ¯LZJ(h1)TU2ω1+γ1+γ1+|u|dxdτε2.

According to the bootstrap assumption (9.8), we have

L8Jε0t11+τΣτ|LZJ(h1)|LL2ω1+2γ1dxdτε0tEN,LL1+2γ,1[h1](τ)1+τdτCLLε2(1+t)δ.

We now focus on L1J, L2J, L3J and L4J. Since these integrals are of size ε (and not ε2), we cannot use the bootstrap assumption (9.8) in order to control them as it would give us a bound larger than CLLε(1+t)δ. We will use several times the inequality 1+τ+r5r, which holds for all rτ+14 (and then on the domain of integration of each of these integrals). Using the inequality |(LZJ(h1)LL)||LZJ(h1)|+1r|LZJ(h1)| and that 1+τ+r1+|τ-r| for rτ+12, we have

L1J0t1(1+τ)1+γ1+τ4r1+τ211+τ+r|LZJ(h1)|2+|LZJ(h1)|2(1+|u|)2dx(1+|u|)γdτ.

Note also that

L2J0t1(1+τ)1+γr1+τ4|LZJ(h1)|2(1+τ+r)(1+|u|)2ωγ2+γdτ,L3J0t1(1+τ)2-2δr1+τ4|LZJ(h1)|21+τ+rω2γ2dxdτ.

Consequently, applying the Hardy type inequality of Lemma 3.11 and using the bootstrap assumption (9.5), we get, since 1-2δγ and 2δ<γ,

L1J+L2J++L3J0t1(1+τ)1+γΣτ|LZJ(h1)|21+τ+rωγ2+γdτ0tE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)1+γdτ0tε(1+τ)2δ(1+τ)1+γdτε.

Finally, as (1+|u|)1-γ(1+τ+r)1-γ, we obtain, using Lemma 3.12, the bootstrap assumption (9.7) and 2δ<γ, that

L4J0t1(1+τ)γr1+τ4|¯LZJ(h1)|TU2ω1+γ1+γ1+|u|dxdτε.

The proof of Proposition 12.9 follows directly from Propositions 12.11 and 12.12, which concludes this section.

Improvement of the Bootstrap Assumptions on the Particle Density

General Scheme

In this section we prove the following proposition.

Proposition 13.1

There exist an absolute constant C0>0 and a constant C>0 such that, for all t[0,T[,19

EN-5+3[f](t)C0ε+Cε32(1+t)δ2, 13.1
EN-1[f](t)C0ε+Cε32(1+t)δ2, 13.2
EN[f](t)C0ε+Cε32(1+t)12+δ. 13.3

This improves in particular the bootstrap assumptions (9.1)–(9.3) if ε is small enough and provided that Cf is chosen large enough.

Remark 13.2

One can check during the upcoming computations that the initial decay hypotheses on f stated in Theorem 2.1 could be lowered. The choices made in Theorem 2.1 allow for an easier presentation with energy norms for f weighted by za, where the exponent a is as simple as possible.

In order to unify the proof of these three inequalities, we introduce for any multi-index |I|N the quantity

|I|:=+3=23N+9,|I|N-5,=23N+6,|I|N-4. 13.4

According to the energy estimate of Proposition 8.1, we have

E18,18z|I|-23IPZ^If(t)C_E18,18z|I|-23IPZ^If(0)+Cε0tE18,18z|I|-23IPZ^If(τ)1+τdτ+C0tΣτRv3Tgz|I|-23IPZ^Ifdvω1818dxdτ,

where C_ is an absolute constant, which in particular does not depend on Cf. In view of

  • the definition (3.36) of the energy norms EN-5+3[f], EN-1[f] and EN[f],

  • the smallness assumption on the particle density, giving
    E18,18z|I|-23IPZ^If(0)E|I||I|[f](0)ε,
  • the bootstrap assumptions (9.1)–(9.3), which give
    ε0tE18,18z|I|-23IPZ^If(τ)1+τdτε0tE|I||I|[f](τ)1+τdτε32(1+t)δ2,if|I|<N,ε32(1+t)12+δ,if|I|=N,
  • the Vlasov equation Tg(f)=0, leading to
    Tgz|I|-23IPZ^If=|I|-23IPz|I|-23IP-1Tg(z)Z^If+z|I|-23IPTg,Z^I(f), 13.5

Proposition 13.1 is implied by the following two results:

Proposition 13.3

Let I be a multi-index of length |I|N. Then,

ZI:=0tΣτRv3z|I|-23IP-1Tg(z)|Z^If|dvω1818dxdτε32(1+t)δ2,if|I|<N,ε32(1+t)12+δ,if|I|=N.

Proposition 13.4

Let I be a multi-index of length |I|N. Then,

0tΣτRv3z|I|-23IPTg,Z^I(f)dvω1818dxdτε32(1+t)δ2,if|I|<N,ε32(1+t)12+δ,if|I|=N.

Proof of Proposition 13.3

Since the weight z is preserved by the flat relativistic transport operator Tη, that is ηαβwαβ(z)=0, we have, using the notations introduced in Subsection 5.1,

Tg(z)=Δvg-1(dt,dz)+H(w,dz)-12i(H)(v,v)·viz. 13.6

Moreover, since, for any 0μ,ν3,

i(H)μν·viz=r(H)μν·vzr+eA(H)μν·vzA,

we get from Lemma 3.9 and |Δv||v|,

i(H)(v,v)·vizi(H)(w,w)·viz+z|Δv||H|+t|Δv||¯H|. 13.7

By a direct application of Lemmas 3.7 and 3.8, we have

|t,xz|+|t-r||t,x(z)|+(t+r)|wL||v||t,x(z)|+Z^P^0|Z^(z)|1+zz

and recall from Remark 10.7 that20

|H|ε,|H|LTε1+|t-r|1+t+r,|H|ε1+|t-r|,|H|LT+|¯H|ε1+t+r,|¯H|LLε1+|t-r|(1+t+r)2.

We can then bound the first term of the right-hand side of (13.6) using (5.36) and the second one by applying Lemma 5.13, so that we obtain, since |wL||v||wL|,

Δvg-1(dt,dz)|Δv||η-1+H||t,x(z)|(|H||wL|+|H|LT|v|)|t,x(z)|ε|v|z1+t+r,H(w,dz)|v||H|z1+t+r+|v||H|LTz1+|t-r|ε|v|z1+t+r.

To deal with the last term on the right-hand side of (13.6), we use (13.7). First, by Lemma 5.13,

|i(H)(w,w)·viz||wL||H|+|v||H|LT+|v||¯H|Z^P^0|Z^(z)|+|t-r||H||wL||t,x(z)|+|v||H|LT|t-r||t,x(z)|+t|¯H||v||wL||t,x(z)|+t|v||¯H|LL|t,x(z)|ε|wL|z1+|t-r|+ε|v|z1+t+r.

Finally, using (5.36) and ttz1+|t-r|, which comes from Lemma 3.7, we obtain

z|Δv||H|+t|Δv||¯H|z|H|(|H||wL|+|H|LT|v|)+tz|¯H|1+|t-r|(|H||wL|+|H|LT|v|)ε|wL|z1+|t-r|+ε|v|z1+t+r.

We then deduce that

|Tg(z)|ε|wL|z1+|t-r|+ε|v|z1+t+r. 13.8

Consequently, for a multi-index |I|N, we get, according to the definition (3.36) of the energy norm E|I||I|[f],

ZI0tΣτRv3ε|v|1+τ+r+ε|wL|1+|τ-r|z|I|-23IP|Z^If|dvω1818dxdτε0tE18,18z|I|-23IP|Z^If|(τ)1+τdτ+ε0tΣτRv3z|I|-23IP|Z^If||wL|1+|u|dvω1818dxdτε0tE|I||I|[f](τ)1+τdτ+εE|I||I|[f](t).

The result ensues from the bootstrap assumptions (9.2) and (9.3).

Proof of Proposition 13.4

The starting point consists in bounding the commutator Tg,Z^I(f) by a linear combination of the terms listed in Proposition 5.14. Then, in order to close the energy estimates and to deal with the weak decay rate of the metric, we will have to pay attention to the hierarchies related to the weights z which have been built into the Vlasov energy norms EN-5+3[f], EN-1[f] and EN[f]. Before performing the proof, let us explain the strategy, which will be illustrated by the treatment in full details of the integrals arising from the two families of error terms

E^I,1J,K=|wL|LZJ(h1)Z^Z^Kf=A^I,1J,KZ^Z^Kf,EI,10J,K=(t+r)|v|¯LZJ(h1)LLZ^Kf=AI,10J,KZ^Kf,

where Z^P^0, |J|+|K||I|, |K||I|-1 and

  • either KP<IP

  • or KP=IP and JT1, so that ZJ contains at least one translation μ.21

We will then have to bound sufficiently well, as follows:

I:=0tΣτRv3|wL|LZJ(h1)z|I|-23IPZ^Z^Kfdvω1818dxdτ,J:=0tΣτRv3(τ+r)|v|¯LZJ(h1)LLz|I|-23IPZ^Kfdvω1818dxdτ.

Apart for the error terms SI,1K and SI,2K, there are two cases to consider.

Step 1: if all the metric factors22can be estimated pointwise, example LZJ(h1) for E^I,1J,K and ¯LZJ(h1)LL for EI,10J,K, i.e if |J|N-5 in view of Propositions 10.1 and 10.6 . Then, the particle density is estimated in L1 through the following result:

Lemma 13.5

Consider Z^P^0 and let I and K be two multi-indices such that |I|N, |K||I|-1 and KPIP. Then,

  • if KP<IP, we have E18,18z|I|-23IP+23Z^KfE|I||I|[f] as well as E18,18z|I|-23IPZ^Z^KfE|I||I|[f].

  • Otherwise KP=IP and we still have E18,18z|I|-23IPZ^KfE|I||I|[f] as well as E18,18z|I|-23IP-23Z^Z^KfE|I||I|[f].

Proof

This directly ensues from the fact that Z^K (respectively Z^Z^K) contains KP (respectively at most KP+1) homogeneous vector fields and that |I||K|+1 since |I||K|+1.

We need to consider two subcases for the most problematic terms, the quadratic and some of the cubic ones (see Proposition 5.14), in order to deal with a non integrable decay rate.

  • If Z^K contains less homogeneous vector fields than Z^I, that is KP<IP, then the terms containing the factor Z^Z^Kf are good since we control the energy norm of z|I|-23IPZ^Z^Kf and the pointwise decay estimates on the metric provide an integrable decay rate. For I, we obtain from the pointwise decay estimates of Proposition 10.1, Lemma 13.5 and the bootstrap assumptions (9.1)–(9.3),
    I0tΣτRv3ε(1+τ+r)1-δ(1+|t-r|)12z|I|-23IPZ^Z^Kf|wL|dvω1818dxdτε0tΣτRv3z|I|-23IPZ^Z^Kf|wL|1+|u|dvω1818dxdτεE18,18z|I|-23IPZ^Z^K(t)εE|I||I|[f](t)ε32(1+t)δ2,if|I|<N,ε32(1+t)12+δ,if|I|=N.
    For the remaining quadratic and cubic terms, which contain the factor Z^Kf, the pointwise decay estimates on the metric do not provide an integrable decay rate. The idea is to take advantage of the fact that we control the L1-norm of z|I|-23IP+23Z^Kf and then gain decay through the extra weight z-23 and Lemma 3.7. For J, we use Proposition 10.6, the inequality z-23(1+|t-r|)-23 which comes from Lemma 3.7, that δγ<16, Lemma 13.5 and the bootstrap assumptions (9.1)–(9.3). We have
    J0tΣτε(t+r)|τ-r|12+γ(1+τ+r)2+γ-δRv3|v|z|I|-23IP+23z23Z^Kfdvω1818dxdτ0tΣτε|τ-r|12+γ-23(1+τ+r)1+γ-δRv3|v|z|I|-23IP+23Z^Kfdvω1818dxdτε0tE18,18z|I|-23IP+23Z^Kf(τ)1+τdτε0tE|I||I|[f](τ)1+τdτε32(1+t)δ2,if|I|N-1,ε32(1+t)12+δ,if|I|=N.
    In summary, we have proved first that
    A^I,1J,Kε|wL|1+|u|,1z23AI,10J,Kε|v|1+τ+r
    and then we have applied Lemma 13.5.
  • Otherwise all the homogeneous vector fields of Z^I are contained in Z^K, that is IP=KP. Then at least one of the metric factors is differentiated by a translation and we can obtain an extra decay in t-r (see Proposition 3.3). For I and J, this means that ZJ contains a translation μ and that we can use the improved pointwise decay estimates of Proposition 10.8. We then get, using also Lemma 13.5 and the bootstrap assumptions (9.1)–(9.3),
    J0tΣτε(t+r)(1+|t-r|)12(1+t+r)3-2δRv3|v|z|I|-23IPZ^Kfdvω1818dxdτε0tE18,18z|I|-23IPZ^Kf(τ)(1+τ)32-2δdτε0tE|I||I|[f](τ)1+τdτε32(1+t)δ2,if|I|N-1,ε32(1+t)12+δ,if|I|=N.
    For I, as we merely control the energy norm of z|I|-23IP-23Z^Z^Kf, we use the estimate z|I|-23IP(1+t+r)23z|I|-23IP-23 which comes from (3.22), so that
    I0tΣτRv3ε(1+τ+r)13-δ(1+|t-r|)32z|I|-23IP-23Z^Z^Kf|wL|dvω1818dxdτε0tΣτRv3z|I|-23IP-23Z^Z^Kf|wL|1+|u|dvω1818dxdτεE18,18z|I|-23IP-23Z^Z^Kf(t)εE|I||I|[f](t)ε32(1+t)δ2,if|I|<N,ε32(1+t)12+δ,if|I|=N.

In summary, we have proved first that

(1+τ+r)23A^I,1J,Kε|wL|1+|u|,AI,10J,Kε|v|1+τ+r

and then we have applied Lemma 13.5.

Step 2: if one of the metric factors cannot be estimated pointwise. In that case, the considered error term contains a factor where h1 has been differentiated too many times so that we cannot apply Propositions 10.1 and 10.6 anymore. For J, this means that |J|N-4. For I, we could have dealt with the cases |J|{N-4,N-3} during the first step but for simplicity we treat them here. Since |J|+|K||I|N, we necessarily have |I|N-4 and |K|4N-9, so that the Vlasov field can be estimated pointwise. Note also that if |J|=N then |I|=N. Moreover, since |I|+3=|K|+1, we will be able to gain decay through the weight z and Lemma 3.7 using |wL||v|z2(1+t+r)2 or 1z1+|t-r|. For I, we get, applying the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality in (τ,x) and since |wL||wL||v|,

I0tΣτLZJ(h1)1+τ+rRv3|v|z1+|I|-23IPZ^Z^Kfdvω1818dxdτ0tΣτLZJ(h1)2(1+τ+r)3ω1818dxdτ0tΣτ(1+τ+r)Rv3|v|z1+|I|-23IPZ^Z^Kfdv2ω1818dxdτ12.

For J, we have

J0tΣτ(τ+r)¯LZJ(h1)LL2(1+|τ-r|)2Rv3|v|z2+|I|-23IPZ^Kfdvω1818dxdτ0tΣτ(τ+r)¯LZJ(h1)LL2(1+|u|)4ω1818dxdτ×0tΣτ(τ+r)Rv3|v|z2+|I|-23IPZ^Kfdv2ω1818dxdτ12.

Remark 13.6

We point out that EI,10J,K is the most problematic term and that its treatment is more complicated than the ones of the other error terms. In particular, it is this term which prevents us to prove that E¯Nγ,1+2γ[h1](t)ε(1+t)2δ.

We are then led to prove the following lemma, which will also be useful for all the other error terms:

Lemma 13.7

Let I and K be two multi-indices satisfying N-4|I|N, |K|4 and KPIP. Then, for all Z^P^0, we have

A^IK:=0tΣτ(1+τ+r)Rv3|v|z1+|I|-23IPZ^Z^Kfdv2ω1818dxdτε2(1+t)δ,AIK:=0tΣτ(1+τ+r)Rv3|v|z2+|I|-23IPZ^Kfdv2ω1818dxdτε2(1+t)δ.

Proof

For the first integral, note that z1+|I|-23IPz2+|I|-23(IP+1). Hence, by the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality in v, we have

A^IK0t(1+τ+r)Rv3|v|z|I|+1-23(IP+1)Z^Z^KfdvL(Στ)×Rv3|v|z|I|+3-23(IP+1)Z^Z^Kfdvω1818L1(Στ)dτ.

Since Z^Z^K contains at most IP+1 homogeneous vector fields, |K|+15N-8 and |I|+3=+3=|K|+1, we obtain from (9.9) and the bootstrap assumption (9.1) that

Rv3|v|z|I|+1-23(IP+1)Z^Z^Kf(τ,x,v)dvε(1+τ+r)2-δ2,Rv3|v|z|I|+3-23(IP+1)Z^Z^Kfdvω1818L1(Στ)EN-5+3[f](t)ε(1+t)δ2,

which gives us

A^IKε20tdτ(1+τ)1-δε2(1+t)δ.

The bound on AIK can be obtained in the same way using this time that Z^K contains at most IP homogeneous vector fields.

We can then bound I using the bootstrap assumptions (9.5). For any |J|N,

I0tE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)2dτ·A^IK120tεdτ(1+τ)2-2δ·ε2(1+t)δ12ε32ε32(1+t)δ2.

To estimate EI,10J,K, and thus J, we will need to treat differently the cases |J|=N than those for which N-4|J|N-1. Nonetheless, in both cases, we will make use of the energy norms related to special components of h1 in order to close the energy estimates. Assume first that |J|=N, which implies |I|=N. Then, using suprR+1+τ+r1+|τ-r|1+τ, γ116 and the bootstrap assumption (9.8), we obtain

J0t(1+τ)Στ|¯LZJ(h1)|LL2(1+|u|)3ω1818dxdτ·AIK12(1+t)0tΣτ|¯LZJ(h1)|LL21+|u|ω1+2γ1dxdτ·AIK12ε(1+t)12+δ2EN,LL1+2γ,1[h1](t)12ε32(1+t)12+δ.

We now turn on the case N-4|J|N-1. Apply first the inequality (3.14), so that

J|J0|N0tΣτ|LZJ0(h1)|LT2(1+τ+r)(1+|u|)4ω1818dxdτ·AIK12.

Then, we bound AIK using Lemma 13.7 and we apply the Hardy inequality of Lemma 3.11. Note that once again we need to be careful since we cannot use all the decay in u=τ-r in the exterior region. We obtain

Jε(1+t)δ2|J0|N0tΣτ|LZJ0(h1)|LT2(1+τ+r)(1+|u|)2ω2+181+δdxdτ12ε(1+t)δ2|J0|N0tΣτ|LZJ0(h1)|LT21+τ+rω2+181+δdxdτ12.

Fix now |J0|N and use the estimate (10.5), which was obtained using the wave gauge condition, in order to get

0tΣτ|LZJ0(h1)|LT21+τ+rω2+181+δdxdτ0tΣτ|¯LZJ0(h1)|TU21+τ+rω2+181+δdxdτ+0tΣτεdxdτ(1+τ+r)5+I,

where, according to (12.2), 0trτεdxdτ(1+τ+r)5ε-1I¯0ε and

I:=|Q|N0tΣτ1+|u|(1+τ+r)3-2δ|LZQ(h1)|2+|LZQ(h1)|2(1+|u|)2ω2+181+δdxdτ.

Using first that 1+τ1+τ+r, δγ, γ1+18 and then the Hardy inequality of Lemma 3.11, we get

I|Q|N0t1(1+τ)2-2δΣτ11+τ+r|LZQ(h1)|2+|LZQ(h1)|2(1+|u|)2ωγ2+2γdxdτ|Q|N0t1(1+τ)2-2δΣτ|LZQ(h1)|21+τ+rωγ2+2γdxdτ0tE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)2-2δdτ.

We then deduce from the bootstrap assumption (9.5) and 4δ<1 that Iε. Finally, as γ18, Lemma 3.12 combined with the bootstrap assumption (9.7) and γ>3δ give

0tΣτ|¯LZJ0(h1)|TU21+τ+rω2+181+δdxdτ0tΣτ|¯LZJ0(h1)|TU2(1+τ)γ-δω1+γ1+γ1+|u|dxdτε.

We then deduce from the previous estimates that Jε32(1+t)δ2 for all |J|N-1. In summary, we have used the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality, applied Lemma 13.7 and then proved that

0tΣτz-1|v|-1A^I,1J,KLv2+z-2|v|-1AI,10J,KLv21+τ+rdxdτε32,if|I|<N,ε32(1+t)1+δ,if|I|=N. 13.9

We now analyse the other error terms.

The Terms Arising from the Source Terms.

Since Tg(f)=0 we have Z^I0Tg(f)=0 for any |I0|<|I| and all the error terms of the form (5.42) are equal to 0.

The Terms Which Do Not Contain h1.

We start by dealing with the error terms z|I|-23IPS^I,0K and z|I|-23IPSI,00K since their treatment is different from the other ones.

Lemma 13.8

Let K be a multi-index satisfying |K||I|-1 and KPIP. Then, for any Z^P^0,

0tΣτRv3z|I|-23IPS^I,0K+SI,00Kdvω1818dxdτε32(1+t)δ2,if|I|<N,ε32(1+t)12+δ,if|I|=N.
Proof

As the Schwarzschild mass satisfies Mε, we have

z|I|-23IPS^I,0K+SI,00Kε|v|z|I|-23IP1+τ+r|Z^Kf|+|Z^Z^Kf|1+τ+r.

Note now that z|I|-23IP|Z^Z^Kf|(1+τ+r)23z|I|-23(IP+1)|Z^Z^Kf|, so that Lemma 13.5 gives us

0tΣτRv3z|I|-23IPS^I,0K+SI,00Kdvω1818dxdτε0tE|I||I|[f](τ)1+τdτ.

It remains to use the bootstrap assumption (9.1), (9.2) or (9.3).

A Sufficient Condition for Proposition 13.4 to Hold.

The two examples treated just before suggest us to prove the following three results, where we use the notations introduced in Definition 5.16. The first two ones concern the cases where all the metric factors can be estimated pointwise. In the last result, we deal with the case where one of the h1 factors has to be estimated in L2. Let us start by the easiest terms.

Lemma 13.9

Let Q, M, J and K be multi-indices satisfying |Q|+|M|+|J|+|K|N-5, |K||I|-1 and KPIP. Fix also Z^P^0. If for all (τ,x,v)[0,t]×Rx3×Rv3,

F^:=(1+τ+r)23B^I,1J,K+B^I,2J,K+A^I,12Q,J,K+A^I,13Q,J,Kε|v|1+τ+ε|wL|1+|τ-r|,F:=BI,3J,K+BI,4J,K+BI,5J,K+BI,6Q,J,K+AI,18Q,M,J,Kε|v|1+τ+ε|wL|1+|τ-r|,

then,

0tΣτRv3z|I|-23IPS^I,1J,K+S^I,2J,K+E^I,12Q,J,K+E^I,13Q,J,Kdvω1818dxdτ+0tΣτRv3z|I|-23IPSI,3J,K+SI,4J,K+SI,5J,K+SI,6Q,J,K+EI,18Q,M,J,Kdvω1818dxdτε32(1+t)δ2,if|I|<N,ε32(1+t)12+δ,if|I|=N.
Proof

This follows from the definition of the quantities considered here and from the inequality z23(1+τ+r)23, so that

z|I|-23IPS^I,1J,K+S^I,2J,K+E^I,12Q,J,K+E^I,13Q,J,KF^·z|I|-23IP-23|Z^Z^Kf|,z|I|-23IPSI,3J,K+SI,4J,K+SI,5J,K+SI,6M,J,K+EI,18Q,M,J,K=F·z|I|-23IP|Z^Kf|.

Recall now the definition (3.35) of the norm E18,18[·], so that, using Lemma 13.5, the integrals considered in the statement of the lemma can be bounded by

ε0tE|I||I|[f](τ)1+τdτ+εE|I||I|[f](t)

and it remains to use the bootstrap assumptions (9.1)–(9.3).

We now focus on the more problematic terms, for which we will need to use our hierarchy related to the weight z and the number of homogeneous vector fields composing Z^I and Z^K.

Lemma 13.10

Let Q, M, J and K be multi-indices satisfying |M|+|Q|+|K|N-5, |J|+|K|N-5, |K||I|-1, KPIP and the following condition

  • either KP<IP

  • or KP=IP and then JT1 and QT+MT1.

Fix also Z^P^0 and define

G^:=A^I,1J,K+A^I,2J,K+A^I,3J,K,G:=i=410AI,iJ,K+j=1417AI,jQ,M,K.

Assume that for all (τ,x,v)[0,t]×Rx3×Rv3,

G^+1z23G+1z23AI,11J,Kε|v|1+τ+ε|wL|1+|τ-r|ifKP<IP,(1+τ+r)23G^+Gε|v|1+τ+ε|wL|1+|τ-r|ifKP=IP.

Then,

0tΣτRv3z|I|-23IPq=13E^I,qJ,K+i=410EI,iJ,K+j=1417EI,jM,J,Kdvω1818dxdτε32(1+t)δ2,if|I|<N,ε32(1+t)12+δ,if|I|=N

and, if KP<IP,23

0tΣτRv3z|I|-23IPEI,11J,Kdvω1818dxdτε32(1+t)δ2,if|I|<N,ε32(1+t)12+δ,if|I|=N.
Proof

We follow the proof of the previous lemma. Note that if KP<IP,

z|I|-23IPE^I,1J,K+E^I,2J,K+E^I,3J,KG^·z|I|-23IP|Z^Z^Kf|,z|I|-23IPEI,11J,K+i=410EI,iJ,K+j=1417EI,jQ,M,K1z23G+AI,11J,K·z|I|-23IP+23|Z^Kf|.

Otherwise KP=IP and

z|I|-23IPE^I,1J,K+E^I,2J,K+E^I,3J,K(1+τ+r)23G^·z|I|-23IP-23|Z^Z^Kf|,z|I|-23IPi=410EI,iJ,K+j=1417EI,jQ,M,KG·z|I|-23IP|Z^Kf|.

It then remains to use Lemma 13.5 and the bootstrap assumptions (9.1)–(9.3).

We now prove a similar result for the error terms containing a high order derivative of h1.

Lemma 13.11

Let K be a multi-index such that |K||I|-1 and KPIP. Consider multi-indices Q, M, J, Q¯, M¯ and J¯ satisfying

  • |J|N-4 and |J|+|K||I|,

  • |Q|+|M|N-4 and |Q|+|M|+|K||I|,

  • |Q¯|+|M¯|+|J¯|N-4 and |Q¯|+|M¯|+|J¯|+|K||I|.

Assume that for all t[0,T[,

H^:=1i312q130tΣτA^I,1J,K2+A^I,2J,K2+A^I,iJ,K2+A^I,qQ,M,K2(1+τ+r)z2|v|2Lvω1818dxdτ,H:=3i54j1114p170tΣτBI,iJ,K2+BI,6Q,M,K2+AI,jJ,K2+AI,pQ,M,K2+AI,18Q¯,M¯,J¯,K2(1+τ+r)z4|v|2Lvω1818dxdτ,

are bounded by ε if |I|N-1 and ε(1+t)1+δ if |I|N. Then,

0tΣτz|I|-23IPS^I,1J,K+S^I,2J,K+E^I,1J,K+E^I,2J,K+E^I,3J,K+E^I,12Q,M,K+E^I,13Q,M,Kω1818dxdτ,i=35j=411p=14170tΣτz|I|-23IPSI,iJ,K+SI,6Q,M,K+EI,jJ,K+EI,pQ,M,K+EI,18Q¯,M¯,J¯,Kω1818dxdτ

are bounded by ε32(1+t)δ2 if |I|N-1 and ε32(1+t)12+δ if |I|N.

Proof

Recall the definition of the error terms (see Proposition 5.14 and Definition 5.16) as well as A^IK and AIK (see Lemma 13.7). The Cauchy–Schwarz inequality in (τ,x) give that

i=12j=13q=12130tΣτz|I|-23IPS^I,iJ,K+E^I,jJ,K+E^I,qQ,M,Kω1818dxdτH^·A^IK12.

Similarly, we have that

i=46j=411p=14170tΣτz|I|-23IPSI,iJ,K+SI,7Q,M,K+EI,jJ,K+EI,pQ,M,K+EI,18Q¯,M¯,J¯,Kω1818dxdτ

is bounded by H·AIK12. It then remains to remark that we necessarily have |K|4 and to apply Lemma 13.7.

The Assumptions of Lemmas 13.913.11 Hold.

The last part of the proof consists in proving that we can apply the previous three lemmas.

Proposition 13.12

Let Q, M, J and K be multi-indices satisfying |Q|+|M|+|J|+|K|N-5, |K||I|-1 and KPIP. Consider also Z^P^0. Then, for all (τ,x,v)[0,T[×Rx3×Rv3,

(1+τ+r)23B^I,1J,K+B^I,2J,K+A^I,12Q,J,K+A^I,13Q,J,Kε|v|1+τ,BI,3J,K+BI,4J,K+BI,5J,K+BI,6Q,J,K+AI,18Q,M,J,Kε|v|1+τ.
Proof

Since |J|+|M|+|Q|N-5, one can apply Propositions 10.1 and 10.6 in order to estimate pointwise h1 and its derivatives. We then get, for all (τ,x,v)[0,T[×Rx3×Rv3,

B^I,1J,K+B^I,2J,Kε|v|1+τ+rLZJ(h1)1+τ+r+LZJ(h1)ε|v|(1+τ+r)2-δ,A^I,12Q,J,K+A^I,13Q,J,K|v|LZQ(h1)LZJ(h1)1+τ+r+LZJ(h1)ε|v|(1+τ+r)2-2δ,BI,3J,K+BI,4J,Kε|v|1+τ+rLZJ(h1)+|τ-r|LZJ(h1)ε|v|1+|τ-r|(1+τ+r)2-δ,BI,5J,Kε|v|¯LZJ(h1)ε|v|1+|τ-r|(1+τ+r)2-δ,BI,6Q,J,Kε|v|LZQ(h1)LZJ(h1)ε|v|(1+τ+r)2-2δ,AI,18Q,M,J,K(t+r)|v|LZQ(h1)LZM(h1)LZJ(h1)ε|v|1+|τ-r|(1+τ+r)2-3δ.

It then only remains to use (1+|τ-r|)12(1+τ+r)12 and δ116.

Proposition 13.13

Let Q, M, J and K be multi-indices satisfying |M|+|Q|+|K|N-5, |J|+|K|N-5, |K||I|-1, KPIP and the following condition

  • either KP<IP

  • or KP=IP and then JT1 and QT+MT1.

Consider also Z^P^0. Then, if KP<IP, we have for all (τ,x,v)[0,T[×Rx3×Rv3,

A^I,1J,K+A^I,2J,K+A^I,3J,K+i=411AI,iJ,Kz23+j=1417AI,jQ,M,Kz23ε|v|1+τ+ε|wL|1+|τ-r|.

Otherwise KP=IP and we have24

(1+τ+r)23q=13A^I,1J,K+i=410AI,iJ,K+j=1417AI,jQ,M,Kε|v|1+τ+ε|wL|1+|τ-r|.
Proof

Since |J|, |Q|, |M|N-5 by assumption, we can estimate pointwise h1 and its derivatives through Propositions 10.1 and 10.6 . We will also use several times that 20δ<γ<120 and 1+|τ-r|1+τ+r. Note first that using the inequality (1+τ+r)23|wL|13|v|13z23, which comes from Lemma 3.7, and |wL|23|v|23, we obtain

1z23AI,11J,K=(τ+r)|wL|2z23|v|LZJ(h1)ε|wL|(1+τ+r)23-δ(1+|τ-r|)12ε|wL|1+|τ-r|.

We consider now the first three terms. If KP<IP, we have

A^I,1J,K=|wL|LZJ(h1)ε|wL|(1+τ+r)1-δ(1+|τ-r|)12,A^I,2J,K+A^I,3J,K=|v|LZJ(h1)1+τ+r+LZJ(h1)LT+¯LZJ(h1)ε|v|1+|τ-r|(1+τ+r)2-2δ,

which give the required bounds. If KP=IP, then JT1 so that we can use the improved decay estimates given by Proposition 10.8. This leads to

(1+t+r)23A^I,1J,Kε|wL|(1+τ+r)13-δ(1+|τ-r|)32ε|wL|1+|τ-r|,(1+t+r)23A^I,2J,K+A^I,3J,Kε|v|(1+τ+r)43-2δ(1+|t-r|)12ε|v|1+τ.

We now treat the remaining terms, using again the pointwise decay estimates of Propositions 10.1 and 10.6 as well as the ones of Proposition 10.8 when JT1. We have, using the inequality (1+|τ-r|)23z23, which comes from Lemma 3.7, and then 2aba2+b2,

AI,6J,K+AI,9J,Kz23=|v||wL|z23LZJ(h1)+(τ+r)¯LZJ(h1)ε|v||wL|(1+τ+r)1-δ(1+|τ-r|)16ε|v|(1+τ+r)54-2δ+ε|wL|(1+τ+r)34(1+|τ-r|)13.

Otherwise we have JT1 so that

AI,6J,K+AI,9J,Kε|v||wL|(1+τ+r)1-δ(1+|τ-r|)12ε|v|(1+τ+r)54-2δ+ε|wL|(1+τ+r)34(1+|τ-r|)

and we have then obtained the expected bounds when KP<IP. Similarly, one obtains

AI,4J,K=|v||t-r|(1+t+r)LZJ(h1)ε|v|(1+|τ-r|)32(1+τ+r)2-δε|v|(1+|τ-r|)12(1+τ+r)2-δifJT1,AI,5J,K=|v|LZJ(h1)LTε|v|(1+|τ-r|)12+γ(1+τ+r)1+γ-δε|v|(1+|τ-r|)12(1+τ+r)2-2δifJT1,AI,7J,K=|τ-r||wL|LZJ(h1)ε|wL|(1+|τ-r|)12(1+τ+r)1-δε|wL|(1+τ+r)1-δ(1+|τ-r|)12ifJT1,AI,8J,K=|τ-r||v|LZJ(h1)LTε|v|(1+|τ-r|)32(1+τ+r)2-2δε|v|(1+|τ-r|)12(1+τ+r)2-2δifJT1,AI,10J,K=(τ+r)|v|¯LZJ(h1)LLε|v|(1+|τ-r|)12+γ(1+τ+r)1+γ-δε|v|(1+|τ-r|)12(1+τ+r)2-2δifJT1

and

AI,14Q,M,K=|v|LZQ(h1)LZM(h1)ε|v|1+|τ-r|(1+τ+r)2-2δε|v|(1+τ+r)2-2δifQT+MT1,AI,15Q,M,K=|τ-r||v|LZQ(h1)LZM(h1)ε|v|1+|τ-r|(1+τ+r)2-2δε|v|(1+τ+r)2-2δifQT+MT1,AI,16Q,M,K=(τ+r)|wL|LZQ(h1)LZM(h1)ε|wL|(1+τ+r)1-2δε|wL|(1+τ+r)1-2δ(1+|τ-r|)ifQT+MT1,AI,17Q,M,K=(τ+r)|v|LZQ(h1)¯LZM(h1)ε|v|1+|τ-r|(1+τ+r)2-2δε|v|(1+τ+r)2-2δifQT+MT1.

This leads to the required bounds since z-23(1+|τ-r|)-23 (see Lemma 3.7).

It remains to prove that the hypotheses of Lemma 13.11 hold.

Proposition 13.14

Let K be a multi-index such that |K||I|-1 and KPIP. Consider multi-indices Q, M, J, Q¯, M¯ and J¯ satisfying

  • |J|N-4 and |J|+|K||I|,

  • |Q|+|M|N-4 and |Q|+|M|+|K||I|,

  • |Q¯|+|M¯|+|J¯|N-4 and |Q¯|+|M¯|+|J¯|+|K||I|.

Then, for all t[0,T[, the integrals

q=12130tΣτB^I,1J,K2+B^I,2J,K2+A^I,1J,K2+A^I,2J,K2+A^I,3J,K2+A^I,qQ,M,K2(1+τ+r)z2|v|2Lvω1818dxdτ,3i54j1114p170tΣτBI,iJ,K2+BI,6Q,M,K2+AI,jJ,K2+AI,pQ,M,K2+AI,18Q¯,M¯,J¯,K2(1+τ+r)z4|v|2Lvω1818dxdτ,

are bounded by ε if |I|N-1 and ε(1+t)1+δ if |I|N.

Proof

Recall that we already dealt with the term associated to AI,10J,K when we have bounded J (see (13.9)). We also already treated the integral associated to A^I,1J,K but we will repeat the proof here. We will often use that 1+|u|1+τ+r as well as the inequalities

1z21(1+|τ-r|)2,|wL||v|z21(1+τ+r)2, 13.10

which come Lemma 3.7. We start by the terms of degree 1 in h1, that is the quadratic terms and some of the terms arising from the Schwarzschild part. We obtain, using (13.10), that

B^I,1J,K2+A^I,3J,K2(1+τ+r)z2|v|2+BI,3J,K2+AI,4J,K2+AI,6J,K2(1+τ+r)z4|v|2LZJ(h1)2(1+τ+r)3(1+|τ-r|)2,B^I,2J,K2+A^I,1J,K2(1+τ+r)z2|v|2+BI,4J,K2+AI,7J,K2+AI,11J,K2(1+τ+r)z4|v|2LZJ(h1)2(1+τ+r)3,BI,5J,K2+AI,9J,K2(1+τ+r)z4|v|2¯LZJ(h1)2(1+τ+r)(1+|τ-r|)2.

Similarly, we have

AI,5J,K2(1+τ+r)z4|v|2LZJ(h1)LT2(1+τ+r)(1+|τ-r|)4LZJ(h1)LT2(1+τ+r)1-2δ(1+|τ-r|)4.

Finally, using the wave gauge condition (10.5), it holds that

A^I,2J,K2(1+τ+r)z2|v|2+AI,8J,K2(1+τ+r)z4|v|2¯LZJ(h1)2(1+τ+r)(1+|τ-r|)2+ε1r1+τ2(1+τ+r)5+ε(1+t+r)7+ε|I0||I||LZI0(h1)|2(1+t+r)3-2δ(1+|τ-r|)+|LZI0(h1)|2(1+t+r)3-2δ(1+|τ-r|)3.

We now study the remaining terms. Note that without loss of generality, we can assume that |M¯|N-5. Since |Q|N-5 or |M|N-5, we have, using the pointwise decay estimates of Proposition 10.1 and (13.10),

A^I,12Q,M,K2(1+τ+r)z2|v|2+AI,14Q,M,K2(1+τ+r)z4|v|2|I0||I|LZI0(h1)2(1+τ+r)3-2δ(1+|τ-r|)3.

If |Q|N-5 and Q¯N-5, we use again Proposition 10.1 and (13.10) in order to get

A^I,13Q,M,K2(1+τ+r)z2|v|2+BI,6Q,M,K2+AI,15Q,M,K2+AI,16Q,M,K2+AI,18Q¯,M¯,J¯,K2(1+τ+r)z4|v|2|I0||I|εLZI0(h1)2(1+τ+r)3-4δ(1+|τ-r|)

and

AI,17Q,M,K2(1+τ+r)z4|v|2ε¯LZM(h1)2(1+τ+r)1-2δ(1+|τ-r|)3.

Otherwise we have |M|N-5 and |J¯|N-5, so that we obtain

A^I,13Q,M,K2(1+τ+r)z2|v|2+BI,6Q,M,K2+AI,15Q,M,K2+AI,16Q,M,K2+AI,17Q,M,K2+AI,18Q¯,M¯,J¯,K2(1+τ+r)z4|v|2|I0||I|εLZI0(h1)2(1+τ+r)3-4δ(1+|τ-r|)3.

Combining all the previous estimates, we are then led to prove that for all |I0|N,

P0:=0tΣτε(1+τ+r)5-2δdxdτε,P1I0:=0tΣτ|LZI0(h1)|LT2(1+τ+r)1-2δ(1+|u|)4ω1818dxdτε,if|I0|<N,ε(1+t)1+δ,if|I0|=N,P2I0:=0tΣτ|LZI0(h1)|2(1+τ+r)3-4δ(1+|u|)2ω1818dxdτε,if|I0|<N,ε(1+t)1+δ,if|I0|=N,P3I0:=0tΣτ|¯LZI0(h1)|2(1+τ+r)1-2δ(1+|u|)2ω1818dxdτε,if|I0|<N,ε(1+t)1+δ,if|I0|=N,P4I0:=0tΣτ1(1+τ+r)3-4δ|LZI0(h1)|2ω1818dxdτε,if|I0|<N,ε(1+t)1+δ,if|I0|=N.

As before, when we will apply the Hardy inequality of Lemma 3.11 in the upcoming computations, we will not be able to exploit all the decay in u=τ-r in the exterior region. Using first the Hardy inequality and then the wave gauge condition (10.5), we have

P1I00tΣτ|LZI0(h1)|LT2(1+τ+r)1-2δω2+181+δdxdτP¯3I0+P0+|J0||I0|P¯2,4J0,

where,

P¯3I0:=0tΣτ|¯LZI0(h1)|2(1+τ+r)1-2δω2+181+δdxdτ

and, as ω2+181+δω1+γ1+2γ,

P¯2,4I0:=0tΣτ1+|u|(1+τ+r)3-4δ|LZJ0(h1)|2+|LZJ0(h1)|2(1+|u|)2ω1+γ1+2γdxdτ.

Using (12.2), we have P0ε-1I¯0ε. As moreover P3I0P¯3I0 and P2I0+P4I0P¯2,4I0, it only remains to deal with the integrals P¯3I0 and P¯2,4I0. Applying the Hardy type inequality of Lemma 3.11 and using the bootstrap assumption (9.5), we get

P¯2,4I00tΣτ|LZJ0(h1)|2(1+τ+r)3-4δωγ2+2γdxdτ0tE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)2-4δdτε.

If |I0|N-1, we have using 1+|u|1+τ+r and then Lemma 3.12 combined with the bootstrap assumption (9.4) and γ-3δ>2δ,

P¯3I00tΣτ|¯LZI0(h1)|2(1+τ)γ-3δωγ1+γ1+|u|dxdτ0tΣτ|¯LZI0(h1)|2(1+τ)γ-3δωγ1+2γ1+|u|dxdτε.

For the case |I0|=N, use suprR+1+τ+r1+|τ-r|1+τ and then 3δ2γ as well as 1+18-2δγ in order to obtain

P¯3I00t(1+τ)2δΣτ|¯LZI0(h1)|21+τ+rω2+18-2δ1+3δdxdτ(1+t)2δ0tΣτ|¯LZI0(h1)|21+τ+rωγ2+2γ1+|u|dxdτ(1+t)2δE˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](t).

Using the bootstrap assumption (9.5) and that 4δ1+δ, we get P¯3I0ε(1+t)1+δ. This concludes the proof.

Conclusion.

According to Proposition 5.14, Lemmas 13.8-13.11 and Propositions 13.12-13.14, Proposition 13.4 holds.

L2-Estimates on the Velocity Averages of the Vlasov Field

The purpose of this section is to prove that the assumptions of Propositions 12.112.212.4 and 12.9 on the energy momentum tensor T[f] of the Vlasov hold. More precisely, we will prove L2-estimates on quantities such as v|Z^Kf||v|dv. If |K|N-4, this will be done using the pointwise decay estimate (9.10). The main part of this section then consists in deriving such estimates for |K|N-3. For this, we follow an improvement of the strategy used in [18] (see Subsection 4.5.7), which was used in [9, Section 7] in the context of the Vlasov–Maxwell system. Contrary to the method of [18], this improvement will allow us to exploit all the null structures of the system. Let us first rewrite the commuted equations of the Einstein–Vlasov system and then we will explain how we will proceed. Let M and M be the following ordered sets:

M:={Imulti-index/N-5|I|N}={I1,,I|M|},M:={Kmulti-index/|K|N-5}={K1,,K|M|}.

Remark 14.1

We put the multi-indices of length N-5 in these two sets for a technical reason. Note that M contains all the multi-indices corresponding to the derivatives on which we do not have any L2-estimate yet.

We also consider two vector valued fields F and W of respective lengths |M| and |M| such that

Fi=FZ^Iif=Z^IifandWk=Z^Kkf.

We will see below that it will be convenient to denote the ith component of F by FZ^Iif. Let us denote by V the module over the ring {ψ/ψ:[0,T[×Rx3×Rv3R} generated by (xμ)0μ3 and (vj)1j3. We now rewrite the Vlasov equations satisfied by F and W.

Lemma 14.2

There exist two matrix-valued functions A:[0,T[×Rx3×Rv3M|M|(V) and B:[0,T[×Rx3×Rv3M|M|,|M|(V) such that

Tg(F)+A·F=B·W.

Moreover, if 1i|M| and Ii is the multi-index such that Fi=Z^Iif, then A and B are such that Tg(Fi) can be written as a linear combination with polynomial coefficients in wξw0, 0ξ3, of the following terms,

graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ776_HTML.gif
Z^M1(Δv)λLZQH(dxμ,w)·wλw0vqF[Z^Ijf],Z^M¯1(Δv)λLZQ¯H(dxμ,w)·wλw0vqWk,Z^M1(Δv)Z^M2(Δv)λLZQHμν·wλw0vqF[Z^Ijf],Z^M¯1(Δv)Z^M¯2(Δv)λLZQ¯Hμν·wλw0vqWk,

where, q1,3, (μ,ν)0,32, |Kk|N-6, KkPIiP with Wk=Z^Kkf,

|J¯|+|Kk||Ii|,|M¯1|+|M¯2|+|Q¯|+|Kk||Ii|,|Kk||Ii|-1,|J|+|Ij||Ii|,|M1|+|M2|+|Q|+|Ij||Ii|,|Ij||Ii|-1.

Moreover Ij, J, Q and M1 satisfy the following condition:

  1. either IjP<IiP,

  2. or IjP=IiP and then JT1, QT+M1T1.

For the term λLZJH(w,w)·wλw0vqF[Z^Ijf], J and Ij satisfy the improved condition that

|J|+|Ij||Ii|-1andIjP<IiP.

Remark 14.3

Notice that if |Ii|=N-5, then Aiq=0 for all 1q|M|.

Proof

One only has to apply the commutation formula of Proposition 5.10 to Z^Iif and replace each derivatives of the Vlasov field Z^Kf, for |K|N-5, by the corresponding component of F or W. If |K|=N-5, we replace it by the corresponding component of F for the following reason. In the terms listed in the Lemma, a derivative is applied to the components Wk. Hence, if |Kk|N-6, we are able to rewrite xμWk and viWk as a combination of components of W, which will be important later.

The goal is to obtain an L2-estimate on F. For this, let us split F as Fhom+Finh, where

Tg(Fhom)+A·Fhom=0,Fhom(0,·,·)=F(0,·,·),Tg(Finh)+A·Finh=B·W,Finh(0,·,·)=0.

By uniqueness, F=Fhom+Finh and it is thus sufficient to prove L2-estimates for the velocity average of Fhom and Finh. To this end, schematically, we will establish that Finh=KW, with K a matrix such that E[KKW] does not growth too fast, and then use the pointwise decay estimates on v|W||v|dv given by (9.10) to obtain the expected decay rate on v|Finh||v|dvLx2. For v|Fhom||v|dvLx2, we will make crucial use of the Klainerman–Sobolev inequality of Proposition 3.15 so that we will need to commute the transport equation satisfied by Fhom and prove L1-bounds similar to the ones of Section 13.

It will be convenient to denote, similar to F, the components Fihom and Fiinh of Fhom and Finh as follows:

Fihom=FhomZ^Iif,Fiinh=FinhZ^Iif.

Remark 14.4

Contrary to [18], we kept, as in [9], the v-derivatives in the statement of Lemma 14.2 in order to take advantage of the good behavior of radial component of vF. If we had already transformed the v-derivatives, we would be left with terms such as xjr(t-r)xjF from vFr (see Lemma 3.9). We would then have to deal with factors such as t3|x|3 during the treatment of the homogeneous part Fhom (apply three boost to xk|x|) since we will have to commute at least three times the equation Tg(Fhom)+A·Fhom=0.

On the other hand, keeping the v-derivatives also creates two new technical difficulties compared to the strategy of [18]. We will circumvent them following [9]. The first one concerns Fhom and will lead us to consider a new hierarchy (see Subsection 14.1). The other one concerns certain source terms of the transport equation satisfied by Finh, which contain derivatives of Finh. Because of the presence of top order derivatives of h1, we will not commute this equation and these derivatives have to be rewritten as a combination of components Finh and controlled terms, which will be derivatives of Fhom.

The Homogeneous System

In order to obtain L, and then L2, estimates on v|Fhom||v|dv, we will have to commute at least three times the transport equation satisfied by each component of Fhom. However, if for instance |Ii|=N-4, we need to control the L1-norm of Z^KFhom[Z^Ijf], with |K|=4 and |Ij|=N-5, to bound Z^IFhom[Z^Iif]Lx,v1, with |I|=3. We then consider the following energy norm (recall that =23N+6):

EFhom:=1i|M|0kN-|Ii|E3+kFhomZ^Iif=1i|M||Ii|+|I|N+3E18,18z-23(IP+IiP)Z^IFhomZ^Iif. 14.1

We have the following commutation formula:

Lemma 14.5

Let i1,|M| and I be a multi-index satisfying |Ii|+|I|N+3. Then, Tg(Z^IFhom[Z^Iif]) can be written as a linear combination with polynomial coefficients in wξw0, 0ξ3, of the following terms:

LZJ(H)(w,dZ^KFhom[Z^Ijf]),pLZJH(w,w)·vpZ^KFhom[Z^Ijf],λLZJH(w,w)·wλw0vqZ^KFhom[Z^Ijf],Z^M1(Δv)LZQ(g-1)(dxμ,dZ^KFhom[Z^Ijf]),Z^M1(Δv)pLZQH(dxμ,w)·vpZ^KFhom[Z^Ijf],Z^M1(Δv)Z^M2(Δv)pLZQHμν·vpZ^KFhom[Z^Ijf],Z^M1(Δv)λLZQH(dxμ,w)·wλw0vqZ^KFhom[Z^Ijf],Z^M1(Δv)Z^M2(Δv)λLZQHμν·wλw0vqZ^KFhom[Z^Ijf], 14.2

where, q1,3, (μ,ν)0,32, j1,|M|,

|J|N-5,|M1|+|M2|+|Q|N-5,|K||I|,|Ij||Ii|,|K|+|Ij||Ii|+|I|-1.

Moreover K, Jj, J, Q and M1 satisfy the following condition:

  1. either KP+IjP<IP+IiP,

  2. or KP+IjP=IP+IiP and then JT1, QT+M1T1.

For the term (14.2), J and K satisfy the improved condition KP+IjP<IP+IiP.

Proof

Let i1,|M| and |I|N+3-|Ii|. The starting point is the relation

TgZ^IFhom[Z^Iif]=Tg,Z^IFhom[Z^Iif]+Z^ITg(Fhom[Z^Iif]).

According to Proposition 5.10, the error terms arising from the commutator Tg,Z^IFhom[Z^Iif] are

  • such as those listed in the lemma, with Ij=Ii. Note that the conditions on |J| and |M1|+|M2|+|Q| follows from |J|+|K|, |M1|+|M2|+|Q|+|K||I|N+3-|Ii|8 and N13;

  • or such as Z^I0Tg(Fhom[Z^Iif]), with |I0|<|I| and I0P<IP.

The analysis of the other source terms is similar to the one made in order to derive the commutation formula of Proposition 5.10. In view of the source terms of Tg(Fhom[Z^Iif]), listed in Lemma 14.2, and according to Lemmas 5.25.6 and 5.9 , Z^ITg(Fhom[Z^Iif]) and Z^I0Tg(Fhom[Z^Iif]) can be written as a linear combination with polynomial coefficients in wξw0 of the terms written in this lemma. The condition on |J| and |M1|+|M2|+|Q| follows in particular from

|K|+|J|+|Ij||Ii|+|I|N+3,|K|+|M1|+|M2|+|Q|+|Ij|N+3,|Ij|N-5,

so that |J|, |M1|+|M2|+|Q|8N-5.

We are now able to prove

Corollary 14.6

Let i1,|M| and I a multi-index satisfying |Ii|+|I|N+3. Then, Tg(Z^IFhom[Z^Iif]) can be bounded by a linear combination of terms of the form

ε|v|1+t+ε|wL|1+|t-r|1z32Z^K1FhomZ^Ij1f,K1P+Ij1PIP+IiP+1,ε|v|1+t+ε|wL|1+|t-r|Z^K2FhomZ^Ij2f,K2P+Ij2PIP+IiP,ε|v|1+t+ε|wL|1+|t-r|z32Z^K3FhomZ^Ij3f,K3P+Ij3P<IP+IiP,

where for any 1q3, jq1,3 and |Kq|+|Ijq||I|+|Ii|N+3. In particular, in view of the definition (14.1) of EFhom, this implies that

E18,18z-23z-23(IP+IiP)Z^K1FhomZ^Ij1f(t)+E18,18z-23(IP+IiP)Z^K2FhomZ^Ij2f(t)+E18,18z23z-23(IP+IiP)Z^K3FhomZ^Ij3f(t)EFhom(t).

Proof

Given two multi-indices I and K, we define the multi-index KI such that Z^KI=Z^KZ^I holds. The following intermediary result can be obtained from Lemma 14.5 similar to the derivation of Proposition 5.14 from Proposition 5.10. Fix i1,|M| and I such that |Ii|+|I|N+3. Then, Tg(Z^IFhom[Z^Iif]) can be bounded by a linear combination of the terms listed below, where Z^P^0 and the multi-indices IjKJM and Q will always satisfy

|K||I|,|Ij||Ii|,|K|+|Ij|<|I|+|Ii|N+3,KP+IjPIP+IiP

and |J|+|M|+|Q|N-5, so that h1 can be estimated pointwise. The most problematic terms are

Q^1:=1q3A^IIi,qJ,KIjZ^Z^KFhomZ^Ijf,KP+IjP<IP+IiPQ1:=4p11AIIi,pJ,KIjZ^KFhomZ^Ijf,KP+IjP<IP+IiP,C1:=14n17AIIi,nQ,J,KIjZ^KFhomZ^Ijf,KP+IjP<IP+IiP,Q^2:=1q3A^IIi,qJ,KIjZ^Z^KFhomZ^Ijf,JT1,KP+IjP=IP+IiP,Q2:=4p10AIIi,pJ,KIjZ^KFhomZ^Ijf,JT1,KP+IjP=IP+IiP,C2:=14n17AIIi,nQ,J,KIjZ^KFhomZ^Ijf,QT+JT1,KP+IjP=IP+IiP.

The other ones are

R^:=B^IIi,0KIj+B^IIi,1J,KIj+B^IIi,2J,KIj+A^IIi,12Q,J,KIj+A^IIi,13Q,J,KIjZ^Z^KFhomZ^Ijf,R:=(BIIi,00KIj+BIIi,3J,KIj+BIIi,4J,KIj+BIIi,5J,KIj+BIIi,6Q,J,KIj+AIIi,18Q,M,J,KIj)Z^KFhomZ^Ijf.

Recall that B^IIi,0KIjε|v|(1+t+r)-2 and BIIi,00KIjε|v|(1+t+r)-1. Apply then Propositions 13.12-13.13, as well as z1+t+r for the first inequality, in order to obtain

z23z23Q^2+R^ε|v|1+t+ε|wL|1+|t-r|1z23Z^Z^KFhomZ^Ij1f,KP+IjPIP+IiP,Q2+C2+Rε|v|1+t+ε|wL|1+|t-r|Z^KFhomZ^Ij1f,KP+IjPIP+IiP,Q^1ε|v|1+t+ε|wL|1+|t-r|Z^Z^KFhomZ^Ij1f,KP+IjP<IP+IiP,z23z23Q1+C1ε|v|1+t+ε|wL|1+|t-r|z23Z^KFhomZ^Ij1f,KP+IjP<IP+IiP.

It remains to notice that Z^K (respectively Z^Z^K) contains KP (respectively at most 1+KP) homogeneous vector fields.

As Fhom(0,·,·)=F(0,·,·), it then follows from the previous corollary and the smallness assumptions on f, h1 and the mass M that there exists a constant CF>0 such that EFhom(0)CFε.

Proposition 14.7

There exists a constant C¯F>0 such that, if ε is small enough, EFhom(t)C¯Fε(1+t)δ2 for all t[0,T[. Moreover, for any |Ii|+|I|N and for all (t,x)[0,T[×R3, we have

Rv3z-2-23(IiP+IP)Z^IFhomZ^Iif(t,x,v)dvε(1+t)δ2(1+t+r)2(1+|t-r|)78.

Proof

We use again the continuity method. There exists 0<T0T such that EFhom(t)C¯Fε(1+t)δ2 for all t[0,T0[. Let us improve this estimate, if ε is small enough and for C¯F chosen large enough. The proof follows closely Section 13. According to the energy estimate of Proposition 8.1, the smallness of EFhom(0) and the bootstrap assumption on EFhom, we have

E18,18[z-23(IP+IiP)Z^I(Fhom[Z^Iif])](t)C0ε+Cε32(1+t)δ2+CZI,Ii+ZI,Ii,

where C0 is a constant independent of C¯F,

ZI,Ii:=-23(IP+IiP)0tΣτRv3z-23(IP+IiP)-1|Tg(z)|Z^IFhom[Z^Iif]dvω1818dxdτ,ZI,Ii:=0tΣτRv3z-23(IP+IiP)TgZ^IFhom[Z^Iif]dvω1818dxdτ.

Using |Tg(z)|ε|v|z1+t+r+ε|wL|z1+|t-r| (see (13.8)) and (3.35), we can bound ZI,Ii by

ε0tE18,18z-23(IP+IiP)Z^IFhomZ^Iif(τ)1+τdτ+εE18,18z-23(IP+IiP)Z^IFhomZ^Iif(t).

Then, Definition (14.1) of EFhom and the bootstrap assumption on it lead to

ZI,Iiε0tEFhom(τ)1+τdτ+εEFhom(t)ε32(1+t)δ2.

The integral ZI,Ii can be bounded similarly using Corollary 14.6 instead of (13.8). We then deduce from (14.1) and the last estimates that there exists a constant C¯0 independent of C¯F such that

EFhom(t)-C¯0εε32(1+t)δ2,

which improves the bootstrap assumption if ε is small enough and C¯F chosen large enough. This implies that T0=T. The pointwise decay estimates can then be obtained from the Klainerman–Sobolev inequality of Proposition 3.15 and the fact that EFhom controls up to three derivatives of z-2-23(IiP+IP)Z^IFhom[Z^Iif], for any |I|+|Ii|N.

The Inhomogeneous System

To derive an L2-estimate on Finh, we cannot commute the transport equation because B contains top order derivatives of h1. We then need to rewrite the derivatives of Finh, kept in the matrix A in order to use the full null structure of the system, in terms of quantities that we can control. To this end, we will use the following result:

Lemma 14.8

Let i1,|M| such that |Ii|N-1 and 0μ3. Then,

xμFinhZ^Iif=FinhxμZ^Iif+FhomxμZ^Iif-xμFhomZ^Iif,

Moreover,

LFinhZ^Iif1+|t-r|1+t+rλ=03FinhxλZ^Iif+FhomxλZ^Iif+xλFhomZ^Iif+11+t+rZ^P^0FinhZ^Z^Iif+FhomZ^Z^Iif+Z^FhomZ^Iif.

For the v derivatives, it holds that

vFinhZ^IifAt|v|λ=03FinhxλZ^Iif+FhomxλZ^Iif+xλFhomZ^Iif+1|v|Z^P^0FinhZ^Z^Iif+FhomZ^Z^Iif+Z^FhomZ^Iif,vFinhZ^Iifr|t-r||v|λ=03FinhxλZ^Iif+FhomxλZ^Iif+xλFhomZ^Iif+1|v|Z^P^0FinhZ^Z^Iif+FhomZ^Z^Iif+Z^FhomZ^Iif.

Proof

Recall that F=Fhom+Finh and note that for any Z^P^0 and N-5|Ii|N-1, we have Z^F[Z^Iif]=Z^Z^Iif=F[Z^Z^Iif]. Consequently,

Z^FinhZ^Iif=FinhZ^Z^Iif+FhomZ^Z^Iif-Z^FhomZ^Iif. 14.3

This directly implies the first identity of the lemma. For the second one, combine (14.3) with (3.34). Finally, for the last two ones, combine (14.3) with Lemma 3.9.

In order to rewrite the transport equation satisfied by Finh, we will then need to consider a larger vector valued field than W. Moreover, in order to take advantage of the hierarchies that we identified in the commuted Vlasov equation, we will work with a slightly different quantity than Finh.

Definition 14.9

Let Fzinh be the vector valued field of length |M| defined by

Fz,iinh:=z23(N-IiP)FinhZ^Iif.

We define Y as a the vector valued field of length lY containing the following quantities:

  • All z23(N-KP)Z^Kf satisfying |K|N-5. In other words, z23(N-KkP)Wk for all k1,|M|.

  • z23(N-IP-IjP)Z^IFhomZ^Ijf for all |I|+|Ij|N.

We are now ready to prove the following two results:

Lemma 14.10

There exist two matrix-valued functions A¯:[0,T[×Rx3×Rv3M|M|(R), B¯:[0,T[×Rx3×Rv3M|M|,lY(R) such that

Tg(Fzinh)+A¯·Fzinh=B¯·Y.

Moreover, A¯ and B¯ are such that, if i1,|M|, TF(Fz,iinh) can be bounded by a linear combination of terms of the form

ε|v|1+t+r+ε|wL|1+|t-r||Fz,jinh|,|Ij||Ii|,

and, where |Q|+|M|+|J||Ii| (the value of the multi-index K is irrelevant here),

B^I,0K+B^I,1J,K+B^I,2J,K+A^I,1J,K+A^I,2J,K+A^I,3J,K+A^I,12Q,M,K+A^I,13Q,M,Kz23|Y|,4j1114q17BI,00K+BI,3J,K+BI,4J,K+BI,5J,K+BI,6Q,J,K+AI,jJ,K+AI,qQ,J,K+AI,18Q,M,J,K|Y|.

Proof

Fix i1,|M| and note that, since Tg(Finh)+A·Finh=B·W,

Tg(Fz,iinh)=z23(N-IiP)-1Tg(z)FinhZ^Iif-Aiqz23(N-IiP)FinhZ^Iqf+Bikz23(N-IiP)Wk.

Since |z23(N-IiP)Finh[Z^Iif]|=|Fz,iinh||Fzinh|, we obtain using (13.8) that

z23(N-IiP)-1Tg(z)FinhZ^IifTg(z)zFzinhε|v|1+t+r+ε|wL|1+|t-r||Fzinh|.

One can bound Bikz23(N-IiP)Wk by applying directly Proposition 5.14 since, according to Lemma 14.2, BikWk is a combination of error terms arising from [Tg,Z^Ii]. We can then control it by a linear combination of the error terms

B^I,0K+B^I,1J,K+B^I,2J,K+A^I,1J,K+A^I,2J,K+A^I,3J,K+A^I,12Q,M,K+A^I,13Q,M,Kz23(N-IiP)|Z^Wq|,4j1114q17BI,00K+BI,3J,K+BI,4J,K+BI,5J,K+BI,6Q,J,K+AI,jJ,K+AI,qQ,J,K+AI,18Q,M,J,Kz23(N-IiP)|Wq|,

where |Kq|N-6, KqPIiP, |Q|+|M|+|J||Ii| and Z^P^0. As |Kq|N-6, there exist, for any 0λ3, (p,sλ)1,lY2 such that

Yp=z23(N-KqP-1)Z^Z^Kqf,Ysλ=z23(N-KqP)λZ^Kqf.

This implies, since KqPIiP, that

z23(N-IiP)Z^Wqz23|Yp|,|z23(N-IiP)|Wq|λ=03|Ysλ|,

and the term B·W can then be rewritten in order to be included in the product B¯·Y.

Let us now focus on the terms Aiqz23(N-IiP)FinhZ^Iqf, which are fully described by Lemma 14.2. Similar to the way we estimated the terms listed in Proposition 5.10 during the proof of Proposition 5.14, but using now Lemma 14.8 instead of (3.32), (3.33) and (3.34), these can be estimated by the terms written below. The multi-indices Ij, Q, M and J will satisfy

IjPIiP,|Q|+|M|+|J|+|Ij||Ii|,

so that

|Q|+|M|+|J|N-(N-5)5N-5,

and we will have Z^P^0, 0λ3. Moreover, for convenience we define AIi,11J,Ij:=0 when IjP=IiP. These terms are

Q^inh:=1q3A^Ii,qJ,Ij·z23(N-IiP)FinhZ^Z^Ijf,IjP<IiPorJT1,Q^hom:=1q3A^Ii,qJ,Ij·z23(N-IiP)FhomZ^Z^Ijf+Z^FhomZ^Ijf,Qinh:=4p11AIi,pJ,Ij·z23(N-IiP)FinhλZ^Ijf,IjP<IiPorJT1,Cinh:=14n17AIi,nQ,J,Ij·z23(N-IiP)FinhλZ^Ijf,IjP<IiPorQT+JT1,Qhom+Chom:=(4p1114n17AIi,pJ,Ij+AIi,nQ,J,Ij)z23(N-IiP)FhomλZ^Ijf+λFhomZ^Ijf,

and

R^inh:=(B^Ii,0Ij+B^Ii,1J,Ij+B^Ii,2J,Ij+A^Ii,12Q,J,Ij+A^Ii,13Q,J,Ij)z23(N-IIP)FhomZ^Z^Ijf,Rinh:=(BIi,00Ij+BIi,3J,Ij+BIi,4J,Ij+BIi,5J,Ij+BIi,6Q,J,Ij+AIi,18Q,M,J,Ij)z23(N-IIP)FhomλZ^Ijf,R^hom:=(B^Ii,0Ij+B^Ii,1J,Ij+B^Ii,2J,Ij+A^Ii,12Q,J,Ij+A^Ii,13Q,J,Ij)z23(N-IiP)FhomZ^Z^Ijf+Z^FhomZ^Ijf,Rhom:=(BIi,00Ij+BIi,3J,Ij+BIi,4J,Ij+BIi,5J,Ij+BIi,6Q,J,Ij+AIi,18Q,M,J,Ij)z23(N-IiP)FhomλZ^Ijf+λFhomZ^Ijf.

Since |Ij||Ii|-1, there exists, for any 0λ3, (p1,p2,qλ,1,qλ,2)1,lY4 such that

Yp1=z23(N-IjP-1)FhomZ^Z^Ijf,Yp2=z23(N-IjP-1)Z^FhomZ^Ijf,Yqλ,1=z23(N-IjP)FhomλZ^Ijf,Yqλ,2=z23(N-IjP)λFhomZ^Ijf.

As IjPIiP, we obtain that Q^hom+R^hom can be bounded by

B^I,0K+B^I,1J,K+B^I,2J,K+A^I,1J,K+A^I,2J,K+A^I,3J,K+A^I,12Q,M,K+A^I,13Q,M,Kz23(|Yp1|+|Yp2|)

and Qhom+Chom+Rhom by

graphic file with name 205_2021_1639_Equ777_HTML.gif

This concludes the construction of the matrix B¯. In order to deal with the remaining terms, note first that since |Ij||Ii|-1, there exists k,kλ1,|M| such that

Fz,kinh=z23(N-IjP-1)FinhZ^Z^Ijf,Fz,kλinh=z23(N-IjP)FinhλZ^Ijf.

Consequently, we have

ifIjP<IiP,z23(N-IiP)FinhZ^Z^Ijf+FinhλZ^Ijf|Fz,kinh|+z-23|Fz,kλinh|, 14.4
ifIjP=IiP,z23(N-IiP)FinhZ^Z^Ijf+FinhλZ^Ijf(1+t+r)23|Fz,kinh|+|Fz,kλinh|. 14.5

Recall that B^Ii,0Ijε(1+t+r)-2 and BIi,00Ijε(1+t+r)-1. Using that IjPIiP and Proposition 13.12, we then get

R^inh+Rinhε|v|1+t+r+ε|wL|1+|t-r||Fz,kinh|+0λ3|Fz,kλinh|

If IjP<IiP, we obtain from Proposition 13.13 and (14.4) that

Q^inh+Qinh+Cinhε|v|1+t+r+ε|wL|1+|t-r||Fz,kinh|+0λ3|Fz,kλinh|. 14.6

Finally, if IjP=IiP, then we have JT1 in the terms Q^inh and Qinh (recall that in that case AIi,11J,Ij=0) as well as JT+QT1 in the term Cinh. Proposition 13.13 and (14.5) then also yield to the estimate (14.6). Since |Ik|=|Ikλ||Ii|, this concludes the construction of the matrix A¯ and then the proof.

Lemma 14.11

There exists a matrix valued field D¯:[0,T[×Rx3×Rv3MlY(R) such that Tg(Y)=D¯·Y and

i1,lY,Tg(Yi)ε|v|1+t+r+ε|wL|1+|t-r||Y|.

Proof

Let i1,lY and recall that either Yi=z23(N-KP)Z^Kf or Yi=z23(N-IP-IiP)Z^IFhom[Z^Iif], where |I|+|Ii|N. Using (13.8), we obtain

|Tg(Yi)|ε|v|1+t+r+ε|wL|1+|t-r||Yi|+z23(N-KP)|Tg(Z^Kf)|orz23(N-IP-IiP)|Tg(Z^IFhom[Z^Iif])|.

Then, z23(N-IP-IiP)|Tg(Z^IFhom[Z^Iif])| can be bounded by applying Corollary 14.6. For z23(N-KP)|Tg(Z^Kf)|, the result ensues from the fact that Tg(Z^Kf) can be bounded by a linear combination of terms of the form

ε|v|1+t+r+ε|wL|1+|t-r|1z32Z^K1f,K1PKP+1,ε|v|1+t+r+ε|wL|1+|t-r|Z^K2f,K2PKP,ε|v|1+t+r+ε|wL|1+|t-r|z32Z^K3f,K3P<KP.

This can be obtained from Proposition 5.14 exactly as we obtained Corollary 14.6 from Lemma 14.5 since Tg(Z^Kf) only contains derivatives of h1 of order at most |K|N-5. In other word, we combine Proposition 5.14 with Propositions 13.12 and 13.13 .

Consider now K satisfying Tg(K)+A¯·K+K·D¯=B¯ and K(0,·,·)=0. Hence, K·Y=Fzinh since they both initially vanish and Tg(KY)+A¯KY=B¯Y. Recall that the Vlasov field and h1 have a bad behavior at top order. In order to derive better estimates on Fz,iinh for |Ii|<N, we define the following subset of M,

MN-1:={IM/|I|N-1}

and we assume for simplicity that the ordering on M is such that MN-1={I1,I|MN-1|}. The goal now is to control the energies

EFinhN-1:=i=0|MN-1|j=0lYq=0lYE18,18Kij2Yq,EFinhN:=i=0|M|j=0lYq=0lYE18,18Kij2Yq.

We will then be naturally led to use that

TF|Kij|2Yq=|Kij|2D¯qrYr-2A¯ipKpj+KirD¯rjKijYq+2B¯ijKijYq. 14.7

Remark 14.12

Lemma 14.10 gives us the following:

  • If i1,|MN-1|, then A¯ip=0 for all p>|MN-1|, that is for all |Ip|=N. Consequently, in that case, the only components Ksj appearing in the term A¯ipKpj satisfy 1s|MN-1|.

  • If i1,|MN-1|, then B¯ij contains only derivatives of h1 up to order |Ii|N-1.

Proposition 14.13

If ε is small enough, we have

t[0,T[,EFinhN-1(t)ε(1+t)δ2andEFinhN(t)ε(1+t)1+32δ.

Proof

Let T0[0,T[ the largest time such that EFinhN-1(t)ε(1+t)δ2 and EFinhN(t)ε(1+t)1+32δ for all t[0,T0[. By continuity, T0>0. The remaining of the proof consists in improving these bootstrap assumptions, which would imply the result. For convenience, we will sometime denote M by MN. Fix n{N-1,N} and consider i1,|Mn| and (j,q)1,lY2. According to the energy estimate of Proposition 8.1, K(0,·,·)=0 and (14.7), we have

E18,18[|Kij|2Yq](t)ε0tE18,18[|Kij|2Yq](τ)1+τdτ+IA¯,D¯+IB¯ε0tEFinhn(τ)1+τdτ+IA¯,D¯+IB¯,

where

IA¯,D¯:=0tΣτRv3|Kij|2D¯qrYr-2A¯ipKpj+KirD¯rjKijYqdvω1818dxdτ,IB¯:=0tΣτRv3B¯ijKijYqdvω1818dxdτ.

Using Lemmas 14.10-14.11 and Remark 14.12 (for the case n=N-1), we obtain

IA¯,D¯r=1|M|p=1|Mn|0tΣτRv3ε|v|1+t+r+ε|wL|1+|t-r||Kij|2+|Kir|2+Kpj2|Y|dvω1818dxdτε0tEFinhn(τ)1+τdτ+εEFinhn(t).

The bootstrap assumptions on EFinhN-1 and EFinhN then give us

IA¯,D¯+ε0tEFinhn(τ)1+τdτε32(1+t)δ2,ifn=N-1,ε32(1+t)1+32δ,ifn=N.

We now focus on IB¯. Recall from Lemma 13.11 the definition of H^ and H and from Lemma 14.10 the form of Bij. By the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality in (tx), IB¯ can be bounded by the terms

I0:=0tΣτRv3z23B^Ii,0K+BIi,00K|KijYq|dvω1818dxdτ,I^:=H^·0tΣτ(1+τ+r)Rv3z53|Kij||Y||v|dv2ω1818dxdτ12,I:=H·0tΣτ(1+τ+r)Rv3z2|Kij||Y||v|dv2ω1818dxdτ12,

where the multi-indices J, M, Q, J¯, M¯ and Q¯, which are hidden in H^ and H, satisfy25

|J||Ii|n,|Q|+|M|n,|Q¯|+|M¯|+|J¯|n.

Now, recall from Proposition 13.14 that

H^+Hε,ifn=N-1,ε(1+t)1+δ,ifn=N.

To deal with the second factor of I and I^, we follow the computations made during the proof of Lemma 13.7. Recall first that for any k1,ly, there exists |K|N-5 or |I|+|Ij|N such that Yk=z23(N-KP)Z^Kf or Yk=z23(N-IP-IjP)Z^IFhom[Z^Ijf]. Hence, using (9.10) and Proposition 14.7, we have

(τ,x)[0,T[×R3,Rv3|v|z4|Y|(τ,x,v)dvε(1+τ)δ2(1+τ+r)2(1+|τ-r|)78. 14.8

Using the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality in v, we then obtain, as i|Mn|, that

0tΣτ(1+τ+r)Rv3z2|Kij||Y||v|dv2ω1818dxdτ0tΣτ(1+τ+r)Rv3z4|Y||v|dvRv3|Kij|2|Y||v|dvω1818dxdτ0tε(1+τ)1-δ2ΣτRv3|Kij|2|Y||v|dvω1818dxdτ0tεEFinhn(τ)(1+τ)1-δ2ε2(1+t)δ,ifn=N-1,ε2(1+t)1+2δ,ifn=N.

As z53z2, we obtain that I+I^ε32(1+t)δ2 if n=N-1 and I+I^ε32(1+t)1+32δ if n=N. Finally, since 1+|t-r|z (see Lemma 3.7) and B^Ii,0Kε|v|(1+t+r)-2, BIi,00Ijε|v|(1+t+r)-1, we get, by the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality in x, that

I00tr=0+ε(1+|τ-r|)18r2dr(1+τ+r)2(1+|τ-r|)412ΣτRv3z2|Kij||Y||v|dv2ω1818dx12dτ.

Since

r=0+ε(1+|τ-r|)18r2dr(1+τ+r)2(1+|τ-r|)4εr=0+dr(1+|τ-r|)72ε,ΣτRv3z2|Kij||Y||v|dv2ω1818dxΣτRv3z4|Y||v|dvRv3|Kij|2|Y||v|dvω1818dx,

we obtain from the pointwise decay estimate on vz4|Y||v|dv and the bootstrap assumption on EFinhn that

I00tε(1+τ)1-δ4EFinhn(τ)12dτε32(1+t)δ2,ifn=N-1,ε32(1+t)1+δ,ifn=N.

We then deduce that IB¯ε32(1+t)δ2 if i|Mn| and IB¯ε32(1+t)1+32δ otherwise, so that

EFinhn(t)=i=0|Mn|j=0lYq=0lYE18,18Kij2Yq(t)ε32(1+t)δ2,ifn=N-1,ε32(1+t)1+32δ,ifn=N.

If ε is small enough, this improves the bootstrap assumptions on EFinhN-1 and EFinhN.

The L2-Estimates

We start by estimating the L2-norm of Rv3z|Z^Kf|dv.

Lemma 14.14

For any |I|N, it holds, for all t[0,T[, that

K:=Σt(1+t+r)Rv3z|Z^I(f)||v|dv2ω1818dxε2(1+t)-1+δ,if|I|N-1,ε2(1+t)2δ,if|I|=N.

Proof

Assume first that |I|N-4. Then, using the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality in v and then the pointwise decay estimate (9.10) as well as the bootstrap assumption (9.2), we get

K(1+t+r)Rv3z2|Z^I(f)||v|dvL(Σt)ΣtRv3|Z^I(f)||v|dvω1818dxε(1+t+r)-1+δ2L(Σt)EN-1[f](t)ε2(1+t)1-δ.

Otherwise |I|N-3 and there exists iM such that

Z^I(f)=Z^Iif=FZ^Iif=FhomZ^Iif+FinhZ^Iif.

We deduce that KKhom+Kinh, where, using Proposition 14.7,

Khom:=Σt(1+t+r)Rv3zFhomZ^Iif|v|dv2ω1818dx(1+t+r)Rv3z2FhomZ^Iif|v|dvL(Σt)ΣtRv3FhomZ^Iif|v|dvω1818dxε(1+t+r)-1+δ2L(Σt)EFhom(t)ε2(1+t)1-δ

and

Kinh:=Σt(1+t+r)Rv3zFinhZ^Iif|v|dv2ω1818dx.

Recall Definition 14.9 and that K·Y=Fzinh. Hence,

FinhZ^IifFzinhZ^Iif=KijYj.

Using first the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality in v and then the pointwise decay estimate (14.8), Ii=I as well as Proposition 14.13, we obtain

Kinh(1+t+r)Rv3z2|Y||v|dvL(Σt)ΣtRv3Kij2|Yj|2|v|dvω1818dxε(1+t+r)-1+δ2L(Σt)EFinh|I|(t)ε2(1+t)-1+δ,if|I|N-1,ε(1+t)2δ,if|I|=N.

We are now able to prove the following result:

Proposition 14.15

The energy momentum tensor T[f] of the particle density satisfies the following estimates. For all t[0,T[ and for any |I|N,

0tΣτ(1+τ+r)LZI(T[f])2ω01+2γdxdτε2(1+t)δ,if|I|N-1,0tΣτ(1+τ+r)LZI(T[f])2ωγ2+2γdxdτε2(1+t)1+2δ,if|I|=N,0tΣτ(1+τ+r)LZI(T[f])TU2ω2γ1+γdxdτε2.

Proof

According to Proposition 6.3 and Lemma 3.7, giving |wT||v|z1+t+r for any TT and 1z1+|t-r|, we have

LZI(T[f])|J|+|K||I|1+LZJ(h1)1+|t-r|Rv3zZ^Kf|v|dv, 14.9
LZI(T[f])TU|J|+|K||I|11+t+r+LZJ(h1)1+|t-r|Rv3zZ^Kf|v|dv. 14.10

We are then led to bound the following three integrals, where |J|+|K||I|,

J1:=0tΣτ1+τ+r(1+|τ-r|)2Rv3zZ^Kf|v|dv2ω02+2γdxdτ,J2:=0tΣτ1+τ+r(1+τ+r)2Rv3zZ^Kf|v|dv2ω2γ1+γdxdτ,J3:=0tΣτ(1+τ+r)LZJ(h1)2(1+|τ-r|)2Rv3zZ^Kf|v|dv2ω02+2γdxdτ.

Applying Lemma 14.14, we have, since 2γ<18, that

J10tΣτ(1+τ+r)Rv3zZ^Kf|v|dv2ω1818dxdτε2(1+t)δ,if|K|<N,ε2(1+t)1+2δ,if|K|=N.

Using ω2γ1+γ(1+τ+r)21(1+τ+r)98-γω1818 and then γ+2δ<18,

J20t1(1+τ)98-γΣτ(1+τ+r)Rv3zZ^Kf|v|dv2ω1818dxdτ0tε2dτ(1+τ)98-γ-2δε2.

For J3, assume first that |J|N-3. Using the pointwise decay estimates of Proposition 10.1 and then Lemma 14.14, we obtain

J30tΣτ(1+τ+r)ε(1+τ+r)2-2δω12γ(1+|τ-r|)2Rv3zZ^Kf|v|dv2ω02+2γdxdτ,0tε(1+τ)2-2δΣτ(1+τ+r)Rv3zZ^Kf|v|dv2ω10dxdτ0tε3dτ(1+τ)2-4δε3.

Otherwise |J|N-2 and we necessarily have |K|N-4. Then, using successively the pointwise decay estimates (9.10), the Hardy inequality of Lemma 3.11 and the bootstrap assumption (9.5), we obtain

J3ε20tΣτ|LZJ(h1)|2(1+τ+r)3-δ(1+|τ-r|)2+74ω02+2γdxdτ,0tε2(1+τ)2-δΣτ|LZJ(h1)|21+τ+rωγ2+2γ(1+|τ-r|)2dxdτ0tε2(1+τ)2-δΣτ|LZJ(h1)|21+τ+rωγ2+2γdxdτ0tε2E˚Nγ,2+2γ[h1](τ)(1+τ)2-δdτε3.

The proof follows from (14.9) and (14.10) and the estimates obtained on J1, J2 and J3.

Acknowledgements

This material is based upon work supported by the Swedish Research Council under Grant No. 2016-06596 while Léo Bigorgne was in residence at Institut Mittag-Leffler in Djursholm, Sweden during the fall semester 2019. Léo Bigorgne also acknowledges the support of partial funding by the ERC Grant MAFRAN 2017-2022. David Fajman gratefully acknowledges support of the Austrian Science Fund (FWF) through the Project Geometric transport equations and the non-vacuum Einstein flow (P 29900-N27). Jacques Smulevici acknowledges funding from the European Research Council under the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation program (project GEOWAKI, Grant Agreement 714408). Maximilian Thaller thanks the Laboratoire Jacques-Louis Lions at Sorbonne Université, Paris for hospitality during a visit April–June 2019. Maximilian Thaller has received financial support of the G. S. Magnusons fond foundation (Grant Numbers MG2018-0077, MG2019-0109) which is gratefully acknowledged.

Footnotes

1

On the other hand, shock formation can be avoided in the presence of expansion [19, 21, 37, 40, 41].

2

This is a small abuse of language, since the particles have no mass here.

3

Note that, in return, the massive case also contains independent difficulties, in particular, the components of the energy-momentum tensor do not decay arbitrarily fast in the interior region, contrary to the massless case.

4

With our convention, M is twice the ADM mass of the initial data.

5

The case of S, which is merely a conformal Killing vector field, is slightly different but does not create more complicated error terms.

6

The exponent 98 appearing in the denominator could be replaced by any number a>1.

7

The commutation formulas for the scaling and the Lorentz boosts contain more terms which can be handled in a similar way as those of (2.12) and (2.13).

8

The overall exponent 1/4 is here only for homogeneity, so that mt, for tr.

9

The case of the scaling vector field leads to additional non problematic terms.

10

In this article, we will denote xi, for 1i3, by i and sometimes t by 0.

11

Recall that the covariant derivative is the one of the flat Minkowski spacetime.

12

We refer to the proof of Lemma 3.13 for a more detailed estimate of a similar quantity.

13

The types of formula can be in fact generalized to any conformal Killing fields on a general Lorentzian manifold.

14

One can check that ε needs to satisfy a condition of the form C1CHε(1+a+b)14min(1,a,b), for a certain constant C1>0.

15

This condition allows us to absorb the terms of the form C^εEa,b[ϕ](t) in the left-hand side of the energy inequality.

16

One can verify that the constant C¯ depends only on CH.

17

It is only near the light cone that certain null components of the metric enjoy improved decay estimates.

18

Note that we could avoid the use of the bootstrap assumption (9.7) by taking advantage of the wave gauge condition. The consequence is that the right-hand side of the third inequality of Lemma 9.2 could be independent of CTU.

19

Contrary to C, the constant C0 does not depend on Cf, C¯, CTU and CLL.

20

Note that all these estimates could be improved.

21

We use below the notation introduced in Definition 5.16.

22

The cubic and quartic terms contain several metric factors.

23

Recall that we cannot have KP=IP in the error term EI,11J,K.

24

Recall that we cannot have KP=IP for the error term EI,11J,K.

25

As in the statement of Lemma 14.10, the multi-index K has no meaning here.

Publisher's Note

Springer Nature remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.

Contributor Information

Léo Bigorgne, Email: lb847@cam.ac.uk.

David Fajman, Email: david.fajman@univie.ac.at.

Jérémie Joudioux, Email: jeremie.joudioux@aei.mpg.de.

Jacques Smulevici, Email: jacques.smulevici@upmc.fr.

Maximilian Thaller, Email: maxtha@chalmers.se.

References

  • 1.Andersson, L., Fajman, D.: Nonlinear stability of the Milne model with matter. Commun. Math. Phys. 378(1), 261–298, (2020)
  • 2.Andréasson, Hk, Fajman, D., Thaller, M.: Models for self-gravitating photon shells and geons. Ann. Henri Poincaré18(2), 681–705, (2017)
  • 3.Andréasson Hk, Kunze M, Rein G. Existence of axially symmetric static solutions of the Einstein–Vlasov system. Commun. Math. Phys. 2011;308(1):23–47. doi: 10.1007/s00220-011-1324-8. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 4.Andréasson Hk, Kunze M, Rein G. Rotating, stationary, axially symmetric spacetimes with collisionless matter. Commun. Math. Phys. 2014;329(2):787–808. doi: 10.1007/s00220-014-1904-5. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 5.Bieri, L., Zipser, N.: Extensions of the Stability Theorem of the Minkowski Space in General Relativity, volume 45 of AMS/IP Studies in Advanced Mathematics. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI; International Press, Cambridge, MA, 2009
  • 6.Bigorgne, L.: Asymptotic Properties of Small Data Solutions of the Vlasov–Maxwell System in High Dimensions, 2017. arXiv:1712.09698
  • 7.Bigorgne, L.: Asymptotic Properties of the Solutions to the Vlasov–Maxwell System in the Exterior of a Light Cone. International Mathematics Research Notices, 07 2020. rnaa062
  • 8.Bigorgne L. Sharp asymptotic behavior of solutions of the 3d Vlasov–Maxwell system with small data. Commun. Math. Phys. 2020;376(2):893–992. doi: 10.1007/s00220-019-03604-3. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 9.Bigorgne, L.: Sharp asymptotics for the solutions of the three-dimensional massless Vlasov–Maxwell system with small data. Ann. Henri Poincaré 22, 219–273, 2021. 10.1007/s00023-020-00978-2
  • 10.Bigorgne, L.: A vector field method for massless relativistic transport equations and applications. J. Funct. Anal.278(4), 108365, 2020. 10.1016/j.jfa.2019.108365
  • 11.Choquet-Bruhat Y. Problème de Cauchy pour le système intégro différentiel d’Einstein-Liouville. Ann. Inst. Fourier (Grenoble) 1971;21(3):181–201. doi: 10.5802/aif.385. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 12.Christodoulou, D., Klainerman, S.: The Global Nonlinear Stability of the Minkowski Space, volume 41 of Princeton Mathematical Series. Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ, 1993
  • 13.Dafermos M. A note on the collapse of small data self-gravitating massless collisionless matter. J. Hyperbolic Differ. Equ. 2006;3(4):589–598. doi: 10.1142/S0219891606000926. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 14.Fajman D. The nonvacuum Einstein flow on surfaces of negative curvature and nonlinear stability. Commun. Math. Phys. 2017;353(2):905–961. doi: 10.1007/s00220-017-2842-9. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 15.Fajman D. The nonvacuum Einstein flow on surfaces of nonnegative curvature. Commun. Partial Differ. Equ. 2018;43(3):364–402. doi: 10.1080/03605302.2018.1446159. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 16.Fajman, D., Joudioux, J., Smulevici, J.: Sharp Asymptotics for Small Data Solutions of the Vlasov–Nordström System in Three Dimensions, 2007. arXiv:1704.05353
  • 17.Fajman, D., Joudioux, J., Smulevici, J.: The stability of the Minkowski space for the Einstein–Vlasov system. Anal. 14(2), 425–531, 2021. 10.2140/apde.2021.14.425
  • 18.Fajman D, Joudioux J, Smulevici J. A vector field method for relativistic transport equations with applications. Anal. PDE. 2017;10(7):1539–1612. doi: 10.2140/apde.2017.10.1539. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 19.Fajman, D., Oliynyk, T.A., Wyatt, Z.: Stabilizing relativistic fluids on spacetimes with non-accelerated expansion. Commun. Math. Phys., 2021
  • 20.Fajman, D., Schaman, C.: A note on future complete spacetimes with massless outgoing particles. Class. Quantum Grav. 34(7), 077002, 2017. 10.1007/s00220-020-03924-9
  • 21.Hadžić M, Speck J. The global future stability of the FLRW solutions to the dust-Einstein system with a positive cosmological constant. J. Hyperbolic Differ. Equ. 2015;12(1):87–188. doi: 10.1142/S0219891615500046. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 22.Hintz, P., Vasy, A.: A Global Analysis Proof of the Stability of Minkowski Space and the Polyhomogeneity of the Metric, 2017. arXiv:1711.00195
  • 23.Huneau, C.: Stability of Minkowski space-time with a translation space-like Killing field. Ann. PDE4(1), Art. 12, 147, 2018
  • 24.Ionescu, A.D., Pausader, B.: The Einstein–Klein–Gordon Coupled System: Global Stability of the Minkowski Solution, 2019. arXiv:1911.10652
  • 25.Jabiri, F.E.: Static Spherically Symmetric Einstein–Vlasov Bifurcations of the Schwarzschild Spacetime, 2020. arXiv:2001.08645
  • 26.Klainerman, S.: The null condition and global existence to nonlinear wave equations. In: Nonlinear Systems of Partial Differential Equations in Applied Mathematics, Part 1 (Santa Fe, N.M., 1984), volume 23 of Lectures in Applied Mathematics. Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 293–326, 1986
  • 27.LeFloch, P.G., Ma, Y.: The Global Nonlinear Stability of Minkowski Space for Self-Gravitating Massive Fields, volume 3 of Series in Applied and Computational Mathematics. World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd., Hackensack, NJ, 2018
  • 28.Lindblad H. On the asymptotic behavior of solutions to the Einstein vacuum equations in wave coordinates. Commun. Math. Phys. 2017;353(1):135–184. doi: 10.1007/s00220-017-2876-z. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 29.Lindblad H, Rodnianski I. Global existence for the Einstein vacuum equations in wave coordinates. Commun. Math. Phys. 2005;256(1):43–110. doi: 10.1007/s00220-004-1281-6. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 30.Lindblad H, Rodnianski I. The global stability of Minkowski space-time in harmonic gauge. Ann. Math. (2) 2010;171(3):1401–1477. doi: 10.4007/annals.2010.171.1401. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 31.Lindblad H, Taylor M. Global stability of Minkowski space for the Einstein–Vlasov system in the harmonic gauge. ARMA. 2020;235:517–633. doi: 10.1007/s00205-019-01425-1. [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
  • 32.Morawetz CS. The decay of solutions of the exterior initial-boundary value problem for the wave equation. Commun. Pure Appl. Math. 1961;14:561–568. doi: 10.1002/cpa.3160140327. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 33.Rein G, Rendall AD. Global existence of solutions of the spherically symmetric Vlasov–Einstein system with small initial data. Commun. Math. Phys. 1992;150(3):561–583. doi: 10.1007/BF02096962. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 34.Rein G, Rendall AD. Smooth static solutions of the spherically symmetric Vlasov–Einstein system. Ann. Inst. H. Poincaré Phys. Théor. 1993;59(4):383–397. [Google Scholar]
  • 35.Rein G, Rendall AD. Compact support of spherically symmetric equilibria in non-relativistic and relativistic galactic dynamics. Math. Proc. Camb. Philos. Soc. 2000;128(2):363–380. doi: 10.1017/S0305004199004193. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 36.Ringström, H.: On the Topology and Future Stability of the Universe. Oxford Mathematical Monographs. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2013
  • 37.Rodnianski I, Speck J. The nonlinear future stability of the FLRW family of solutions to the irrotational Euler–Einstein system with a positive cosmological constant. J. Eur. Math. Soc. (JEMS) 2013;15(6):2369–2462. doi: 10.4171/JEMS/424. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 38.Sarbach O, Zannias T. Tangent bundle formulation of a charged gas. AIP Conf. Proc. 2014;1577(1):192–207. doi: 10.1063/1.4861955. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 39.Sogge, C.D.: Lectures on Non-linear Wave Equations, 2nd edn. International Press, Boston, MA, 2008
  • 40.Speck J. The nonlinear future stability of the FLRW family of solutions to the Euler–Einstein system with a positive cosmological constant. Selecta Math. (N.S.), 2012;18(3):633–715. doi: 10.1007/s00029-012-0090-6. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 41.Speck J. The stabilizing effect of spacetime expansion on relativistic fluids with sharp results for the radiation equation of state. Arch. Ration. Mech. Anal. 2013;210(2):535–579. doi: 10.1007/s00205-013-0655-3. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 42.Speck J. The global stability of the Minkowski spacetime solution to the Einstein-nonlinear system in wave coordinates. Anal. PDE. 2014;7(4):771–901. doi: 10.2140/apde.2014.7.771. [DOI] [Google Scholar]
  • 43.Svedberg, C.: Non-linear wave equations coupled to generalized massive-massless Vlasov equations. PhD thesis, KTH, Mathematics (Div.), 2012. http://kth.diva-portal.org/smash/record.jsf?pid=diva2%3A523839&dswid=3710
  • 44.Taylor, M.: The global nonlinear stability of Minkowski space for the massless Einstein–Vlasov system. Ann. PDE 3(1), Art. 9, 177, 2017 [DOI] [PMC free article] [PubMed]
  • 45.Wyatt Z. The weak null condition and Kaluza–Klein spacetimes. J. Hyperbolic Differ. Equ. 2018;15(2):219–258. doi: 10.1142/S0219891618500091. [DOI] [Google Scholar]

Articles from Archive for Rational Mechanics and Analysis are provided here courtesy of Springer

RESOURCES